GSG-7 Occupational Radiation Protection

Sekce Odstavec Text
Main 1.1. Occupational exposure to radiation can occur as a result of various human activities, including: work associated with the different stages of the nuclear fuel cycle; the use of radiation in medicine, scientific research, agriculture and industry; and occupations that involve exposure due to natural sources.
Main 1.2. IAEA Safety Standards Series No. SF-1, Fundamental Safety Principles [1], presents the fundamental safety objective and principles of protection and safety. Requirements designed to meet the fundamental safety objective and to apply the safety principles specified in SF-1 [1], including requirements for the protection of workers exposed to sources of radiation, are established in IAEA Safety Standards Series No. GSR Part 3, Radiation Protection and Safety of Radiation Sources: International Basic Safety Standards [2], jointly sponsored by the IAEA and seven other international organizations.
Main 1.3. This Safety Guide, prepared jointly by the IAEA and the International Labour Office, provides guidance on fulfilling the requirements of GSR Part 3 [2] with respect to occupational exposure. It provides general guidance on the exposure conditions for which radiation protection programmes are required to be established, including the setting up of monitoring programmes to assess radiation doses to workers arising from exposure due to external sources of radiation and from exposure due to intakes of radionuclides. It also provides specific guidance on the assessment of doses from exposure due to external sources of radiation and from exposure due to intakes of radionuclides.
Main 1.4. Recommendations for a system of radiation protection were developed by the International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP) [3]. These and other current recommendations of the ICRP and the International Commission on Radiation Units and Measurements (ICRU) have been taken into account in preparing this Safety Guide.
Main 1.5. It is recognized that radiation protection is only one component to be addressed to protect the overall health and safety of the worker. The radiation protection programme has to be established and managed together with other health and safety disciplines, such as industrial hygiene, medical hygiene, industrial safety and fire safety.
Main 1.6. Guidance on meeting the requirements of GSR Part 3 [2] for occupational radiation protection is provided in this Safety Guide. It gives general guidance on the development of occupational radiation protection programmes, in accordance with the requirements of GSR Part 3 [2] and appropriate for the sources of radiation likely to be encountered in the workplaces in question. It also gives more detailed guidance on the monitoring and assessment of workers’ exposure due to external radiation sources and from intakes of radionuclides. This Safety Guide reflects the current internationally accepted principles and recommended practices in occupational radiation protection, with account taken of the major changes that have occurred since 1999.
Main 1.7. This Safety Guide updates the guidance given in five previous Safety Guides, which are hereby superseded: Occupational Radiation Protection1; Assessment of Occupational Exposure Due to Intakes of Radionuclides2; Assessment of Occupational Exposure Due to External Sources of Radiation3; Occupational Radiation Protection in the Mining and Processing of Raw Materials4; and The Management System for Technical Services in Radiation Safety5.
Main 1.8. The objective of this Safety Guide is to provide guidance on the control of occupational exposure. The recommendations given are intended for regulatory bodies, but this Safety Guide will also be useful to: employers, licensees and registrants; management bodies and their specialist advisers; and health and safety committees concerned with the radiation protection of workers. The recommendations may also be used by workers and their representatives to encourage safe working practices.
Main 1.9. This Safety Guide addresses the technical and organizational aspects of the control of occupational exposure. The intention is to provide an integrated approach to the control of exposure, and the control of potential exposure, due to external exposure and internal exposure to radiation from both artificial sources and natural sources.
Main 1.10. Section 2 gives an overview of the basic framework for occupational radiation protection, including an explanation of the three types of exposure situation (planned exposure situations, emergency exposure situations and existing exposure situations), the basic principles of radiation protection and their application to the protection of workers, and the dosimetric quantities used. Sections 3–5 provide guidance on meeting the requirements of GSR Part 3 [2] in each of the three types of exposure situation. Section 3 addresses occupational radiation protection in planned exposure situations, including application of the principles of optimization and of dose limitation, the radiation protection programme, and specific guidance on the protection of workers exposed due to natural sources. Section 4 addresses the protection of workers in a nuclear or radiological emergency, including the preparation of an emergency plan, the application of the principles of optimization and dose limitation in emergencies, and the assessment and management of exposures of emergency workers. Section 5 addresses the protection of workers in existing exposure situations, including the establishment of an appropriate protection strategy and legal and regulatory framework. It also provides specific guidance on the protection of workers against exposure due to residual radioactive material from past activities or accidents, radon in workplaces and cosmic radiation in aircraft and spacecraft.
Main 1.11. Sections 6–10 provide guidance on more specific aspects of occupational radiation protection. Section 6 describes the special measures to be taken for the protection of two particular groups of workers: female workers during and after pregnancy and itinerant workers. Section 7 gives detailed guidance on the monitoring and assessment of occupational exposure, including: monitoring programmes, systems and equipment; the estimation of uncertainties; testing and calibration; the interpretation of the results of monitoring; and the maintenance of records. The guidance covers both individual monitoring and workplace monitoring, addresses external exposure and internal exposure as well as skin contamination, and includes assessment of exposure in emergencies. Section 8 gives guidance on the management system for providers of technical services in occupational radiation protection, in particular calibration, testing and dosimetry services. Section 9 describes engineered and administrative controls for occupational protection and safety, including the maintenance of good air quality, the provision of adequate shielding and the control of contamination. Guidance on the use of personal protective equipment is also provided. Section 10 addresses programmes for workers’ health surveillance, including guidance on the medical examination of workers and medical records, as well as on the care of overexposed workers.
Main 1.12. Five appendices and an annex provide additional, more detailed guidance relating to the exposure of workers due to naturally occurring radioactive material, methods and systems for individual monitoring for assessment of external exposure, workplace monitoring instruments for assessment of external exposure, methods for monitoring and assessment of internal exposure (including biokinetic modelling), and techniques for retrospective dosimetry.
Main 2.1. Occupational exposure is the exposure of workers incurred during the course of their work, regardless of the exposure situation. For the purpose of establishing practical requirements for protection and safety, GSR Part 3 [2] distinguishes between three different types of exposure situation: planned exposure situations, emergency exposure situations and existing exposure situations. As stated in para. 1.20 of GSR Part 3 [2]:
Main This Safety Guide gives guidance on the protection of workers in each of these three types of exposure situation.
Main 2.2. As stated in para. 1.21 of GSR Part 3 [2]:
Main 2.3. Reference is made to potential exposure in para. 1.20(a) of GSR Part 3 [2] as follows:
Main 2.4. Some exposures are excluded from the scope of GSR Part 3 [2]. Paragraph 1.42 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Main Guidance is given in Section 3 on the components of exposure due to natural sources of radiation that may be required to be subject to control as occupational exposure.
Main 2.5. The three general principles of radiation protection, which concern justification, optimization of protection and application of dose limits (limitation of doses), are expressed in Safety Principles 4–6 and 10 of the Fundamental Safety Principles [1]. In terms of Requirement 1 of GSR Part 3 [2], those “with responsibilities for protection and safety shall ensure that the principles of radiation protection are applied for all exposure situations.
Justification 2.6. Paragraphs 2.8 and 2.9 of GSR Part 3 [2] state that:
Justification 2.7. In planned exposure situations, this means that no practice or source within a practice should be authorized unless the practice produces sufficient benefit to the exposed individuals or to society to offset the harm (including radiation detriment) that it might cause; that is, unless the practice is justified, with societal, economic and other relevant factors having been taken into account.
Justification 2.8. The process of determining whether a practice is justified involves consideration of all radiation doses received by workers and members of the public. In general, the assumption made in this Safety Guide is that the process of justification has already taken place and that the contribution of occupational exposure to the total radiation detriment has been taken into account. The subject of justification for planned exposure situations is therefore not considered in detail in this Safety Guide. Guidance on justification is given in IAEA Safety Standards Series No. GSG-5, Justification of Practices, Including Non-medical Human Imaging [4].
Optimization 2.9. Paragraph 2.10 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Optimization 2.10. In planned exposure situations, in relation to exposures due to any particular source within a practice, protection and safety is required to be optimized in order that the magnitude of individual doses, the number of people exposed and the likelihood of incurring exposures all be kept as low as reasonably achievable, economic and societal factors being taken into account, with the restriction that the doses to individuals delivered by the source be subject to dose constraints. This principle is of particular importance for the implementation of radiation protection measures in the workplace and therefore underlies much of the more detailed guidance given in Section 3.
Dose limitation 2.11. Paragraph 2.11 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Dose limitation 2.12. Dose limits apply only in planned exposure situations. In such situations, the exposure of individuals should be restricted so that neither the total effective dose nor the total equivalent dose to relevant tissues or organs, caused by possible combinations of exposures due to authorized practices, exceeds any relevant dose limit.
Dose limitation 2.13. The limit on effective dose represents the level above which the risk of stochastic effects due to radiation exposure is considered to be unacceptable. For localized exposure of the lens of the eye, the extremities and the skin, this limit on effective dose is not sufficient to ensure the avoidance of deterministic effects. Limits on equivalent dose to these tissues and organs are, therefore, specified for such situations.
Dose limitation 2.14. Guidance on the application of the dose limits for occupational exposure is given in Section 3.
The government 2.15. The responsibilities of the government6 with regard to protection and safety are set out in paras 2.13–2.28 of GSR Part 3 [2]. These include:
  • Establishing an effective legal and regulatory framework for protection and safety in all exposure situations;

  • Establishing legislation that meets specified requirements;

  • Establishing an independent regulatory body with the necessary legal authority, competence and resources;

  • Establishing requirements for education and training in protection and safety;

  • Ensuring that arrangements are in place for the provision of technical services and education and training services.

The regulatory body 2.16. The responsibilities of the regulatory body with regard to protection and safety are set out in paras 2.29–2.38 of GSR Part 3 [2]. These include:
  • Establishing requirements for applying the principles of radiation protection;

  • Establishing a regulatory system that meets specified requirements;

  • Ensuring the application of the requirements for education and training in protection and safety;

  • Ensuring that mechanisms are in place for the dissemination of lessons learned from incidents and accidents;

  • Setting acceptance and performance criteria for sources and equipment with implications for protection and safety;

  • Making provision for the establishment and maintenance of records.

The regulatory body 2.17. The responsibilities of the regulatory body specific to occupational exposure in planned exposure situations are set out in paras 3.69–3.73 of GSR Part 3 [2]. The regulatory body is responsible for establishing and enforcing requirements for ensuring that protection and safety is optimized, ensuring that applicable dose limits are complied with, and monitoring and recording occupational exposures.
Employers, registrants and licensees 2.18. Requirement 4 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that “The person or organization responsible for facilities and activities that give rise to radiation risks shall have the prime responsibility for protection and safety....” In planned exposure situations, employers, registrants and licensees (hereinafter referred to simply as the ‘management’) are responsible for ensuring that protection and safety is optimized, that applicable dose limits are complied with, and that appropriate radiation protection programmes are established and implemented. Guidance on the content of the radiation protection programme is given in Section 3.
Compliance by workers 2.19. Requirement 22 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that “Workers shall fulfil their obligations and carry out their duties for protection and safety.” This requirement reflects the fact that workers can, by their own actions, contribute to protection and safety for themselves and for others at work. The requirements on workers in this regard are listed in para. 3.83 of GSR Part 3 [2] and relate to: following rules and procedures; using monitoring equipment and personal protective equipment; cooperating in programmes for workers’ health surveillance and programmes for dose assessment; and accepting instruction and training. Workers are also required to provide relevant information to the management and to act in a responsible manner with regard to protection and safety.
Compliance by workers 2.20. Paragraph 2.31 of GSR Part 3 [2] provides the basis for the graded approach to the control of exposure:
Compliance by workers “The regulatory body shall adopt a graded approach to the implementation of the system of protection and safety, such that the application of regulatory requirements is commensurate with the radiation risks associated with the exposure situation.”
Compliance by workers It is required as a general responsibility of the government to ensure that the overall application of the principles of radiation protection is in line with the graded approach (see para. 2.18 of GSR Part 3 [2]).
Compliance by workers 2.21. Requirement 6 of GSR Part 3 [2] refers to the graded approach in the more specific context of planned exposure situations:
Compliance by workers 2.22. An important feature of the graded approach in planned exposure situations is the provision for exemption and clearance. Requirement 8 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Compliance by workers “The government or the regulatory body shall determine which practices or sources within practices are to be exempted from some or all of the requirements of these Standards. The regulatory body shall approve which sources, including materials and objects, within notified practices or authorized practices may be cleared from regulatory control.”
Compliance by workers 2.23. Requirement 5 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that “The principal parties shall ensure that protection and safety are effectively integrated into the overall management system of the organizations for which they are responsible.” For occupational exposure in planned exposure situations, the principal party is the employer. For emergency exposure situations or existing exposure situations, the principal parties are those persons or organizations designated to deal with the situation.
Compliance by workers 2.24. In terms of paras 2.47–2.52 of GSR Part 3 [2], the “principal parties shall demonstrate commitment to protection and safety at the highest levels within the organizations” and “shall ensure that the management system…is designed and applied to enhance protection and safety” while maintaining coherence between measures for protection and safety and other measures, such as those addressing operational performance and security.
Compliance by workers 2.25. Specific actions should be taken to provide the necessary degree of confidence in the measures taken for achieving protection and safety and to ensure their regular assessment and review. A safety culture should be promoted and maintained at all levels within the organization. The management system should also address human factors by supporting good performance and good practices to prevent human and organizational failures, with attention being given to the design of equipment, the development of operating procedures, limits and conditions, as appropriate, training and the use of safety systems to mitigate consequences of human error.
Compliance by workers 2.26. More detailed requirements and guidance on the management system for facilities and activities are given IAEA Safety Standards Series Nos GSR Part 2, Leadership and Management for Safety [5], and GS-G-3.1, Application of the Management System for Facilities and Activities [6], and also in International Labour Organization guidelines [7]. Recommendations and guidance on the management system for providers of technical services in relation to protection and safety is given in Section 8.
Compliance by workers 2.27. The dosimetric quantities recommended for radiation protection purposes (the protection quantities), and in which the dose limits are expressed in GSR Part 3 [2], are the equivalent dose HT in tissue or organ T and the effective dose E.
Compliance by workers 2.28. The basic physical quantities include the particle fluence Φ, the kerma K and the absorbed dose D.
Compliance by workers 2.29. The determination of equivalent dose HT in tissue or organ T involves the use of a radiation weighting factor wR as a multiplier of absorbed dose for radiation type R to reflect the relative biological effectiveness (RBE) of the radiation in inducing stochastic effects at low doses:
Compliance by workers HT=RwR×DT,R(1)
Compliance by workers where DT, R is the average absorbed dose in tissue or organ T for radiation type R.
Compliance by workers 2.30. The determination of effective dose E involves the use of a tissue weighting factor wT as a multiplier of the equivalent dose for tissue T to account for the different sensitivities of different tissues and organs to the induction of stochastic effects:
Compliance by workers E=TwT×HT(2)
Compliance by workers which, on substituting for HT from Eq. (1), gives:
Compliance by workers E=TwT×RwR×DT,R(3)
Compliance by workers 2.31. The recommended values of wR and wT are based on a review of published biological and epidemiological studies, and are given in the definitions of terms in GSR Part 3 [2].
Compliance by workers 2.32. The protection quantities E and HT relate to the sum of the effective doses or equivalent doses, respectively, received from exposure due to external sources within a given time period, and the committed effective doses or committed equivalent doses, respectively, from exposure due to intakes of radionuclides occurring within the same time period. The total effective dose E received or committed during a given time period can be estimated from the operational quantities by using the following equation:
Compliance by workers EHp(d)+je(g)j,ing×Ij,ing+je(g)j,inh×Ij,inh(4)
Compliance by workers 2.33. The dose limits are such that deterministic effects will not occur. For situations that could lead to severe deterministic effects (e.g. emergency exposure situations), the RBE of different types of radiation in causing severe deterministic effects should be considered. The recommended dosimetric quantity is the RBE weighted absorbed dose DT in tissue or organ T. The determination of RBE weighted absorbed dose involves the use of tissue specific and radiation specific factors RBET, R as multipliers of absorbed dose in a tissue or organ to take account of the RBE in causing the development of severe deterministic health effects from a given absorbed dose that is delivered in a tissue or organ by a given type of radiation. Recommended values of RBET, R for the development of selected severe deterministic effects are based on a review of published biological studies and are given in the definitions of terms in GSR Part 3 [2]. The use of effective dose is inappropriate for the assessment of tissue reactions. In such situations, it is necessary to estimate absorbed dose and to take into account the appropriate RBE as the basis for any assessment of radiation effects.
Operational quantities for individual monitoring in external dosimetry 2.34. Since radiation protection quantities cannot be measured directly, the ICRU introduced operational quantities for practical use in radiation protection where exposure due to external sources is concerned. Definitions of these quantities can be found in GSR Part 3 [2] and Ref. [8]. The operational quantities provide an estimate of effective or equivalent dose in a way that avoids underestimation and overestimation in most radiation fields encountered in practice. Radiation quality factors Q(L) are used in calculating the operational dose equivalent quantities used in monitoring [3]. The quality factor characterizes the biological effectiveness of the radiation type based on the ionization density along the tracks of charged particles in tissue. Q is defined as a function of the unrestricted linear energy transfer L∞ (often denoted as L or linear energy transfer, LET) of charged particles in water. A detailed evaluation of the numerical relationship between the physical quantities, radiation protection quantities and operational quantities was conducted by a joint task group of the ICRP and ICRU [9]. The conceptual relationship between those quantities is illustrated in Fig. 1 [9].
Operational quantities for individual monitoring in external dosimetry 2.35. Strongly penetrating radiation and weakly penetrating radiation are differentiated by the ICRU [10]. If, for a given orientation of the body in a uniform and unidirectional radiation field, the equivalent dose received by any small area of the sensitive layer of the skin is less than ten times larger than the effective dose, the radiation is said to be strongly penetrating. If the equivalent dose is more than ten times larger than the effective dose, the radiation is said to be weakly penetrating.
Operational quantities for individual monitoring in external dosimetry 2.36. The operational quantity for individual monitoring is the personal dose equivalent Hp(d). Any statement of personal dose equivalent should include a specification of the reference depth d. For strongly penetrating radiation, the reference depth is 10 mm. For weakly penetrating radiation, the reference depth is 0.07 mm. In order to simplify the notation, d is assumed to be expressed in millimetres, and, hence, the personal dose equivalents at the two recommended depths mentioned are denoted by Hp(10) and Hp(0.07), respectively.
Operational quantities for individual monitoring in external dosimetry 2.37. The sensitive cells of the skin for stochastic effects are considered to be between 0.02 mm and 0.1 mm below the skin surface, and Hp(0.07) is therefore used to estimate the equivalent dose to small areas of the skin. A tissue thickness of 0.07 mm can be penetrated not only by photons but also by beta radiation with energy greater than 70 keV. For all types of radiation for which exposure of the extremities is of concern, the skin of the extremities is more likely to become the limiting tissue or organ, rather than the extremity itself. An estimation of the equivalent dose to the skin will be a conservative estimate of equivalent dose to the extremity. Thus, an extremity dosimeter essentially becomes a skin dosimeter and should be designed to measure Hp(0.07).
Operational quantities for individual monitoring in external dosimetry 2.38. For monitoring of the lens of the eye, a depth of 3 mm is recommended by the ICRU [8], so the operational quantity to be used is Hp(3). In practice, however, the use of Hp(3) has not yet been implemented for routine individual monitoring. In specific cases, when actual workplace radiation fields are known, monitoring of the lens of the eye using dosimeters calibrated for Hp(0.07) or Hp(10) could be acceptable. In Ref. [11], it is stated that Hp(0.07) can be considered a good operational quantity for the lens of the eye for exposures to fields for which most of the dose is due to photons, including X rays. In such cases, it should be borne in mind that the uncertainty associated with the estimation of equivalent dose will be higher.
Quantities for workplace monitoring in external dosimetry 2.39. The operational quantities recommended for workplace monitoring are defined in a phantom known as the ICRU sphere [12]. This is a sphere, 30 cm in diameter, made of tissue equivalent material with a density of 1 g/cm3 and an elemental composition (by mass) of 76.2% oxygen, 11.1% carbon, 10.1% hydrogen and 2.6% nitrogen.
Quantities for workplace monitoring in external dosimetry 2.40. The two quantities recommended by the ICRU for workplace monitoring [8] are the ambient dose equivalent H*(d) and the directional dose equivalent H’(d, Ω).
Quantities for workplace monitoring in external dosimetry 2.41. The ambient dose equivalent H*(d) at a point in a radiation field is the dose equivalent that would be produced by the corresponding aligned and expanded field in the ICRU sphere, at a depth d on the radius opposing the direction of the aligned field.
Quantities for workplace monitoring in external dosimetry 2.42. An expanded field is one in which the fluence and its angular and energy distribution are the same throughout the volume of interest as in the actual field at the point of reference. In the expanded and aligned field, the fluence and its energy distribution are the same as in the expanded field, but the fluence is unidirectional.
Quantities for workplace monitoring in external dosimetry 2.43. Any statement of ambient dose equivalent should include a specification of the reference depth d. For strongly penetrating radiation, the recommended depth is 10 mm. The value of d should be expressed in millimetres, so the ambient dose equivalent for strongly penetrating radiation is H*(10). When measuring H*(10), the radiation field should be uniform over the sensitive volume of the instrument and the instrument should have an isotropic response.
Quantities for workplace monitoring in external dosimetry 2.44. The directional dose equivalent H′(d, Ω) at a point in a radiation field is the dose equivalent that would be produced by the corresponding expanded field in the ICRU sphere at a depth d on a radius in a specified direction . Any statement of directional dose equivalent should include a specification of the reference depth d and the direction of the radiation. For strongly penetrating radiation and weakly penetrating radiation, the recommended depths are 10 mm and 0.07 mm, respectively. Again, d should be expressed in millimetres.
Quantities for workplace monitoring in external dosimetry 2.45. If the field is unidirectional, the direction is specified as the angle between the radius opposing the incident field and the specified radius. When the specified radius is parallel to the radiation field (i.e. when Ω = 0°), the quantity H′(d, 0) may be written simply as H′(d). Furthermore, in a unidirectional field, H′(d) = H*(d). When measuring H′(d, Ω), the radiation field should be uniform over the dimensions of the instrument and the instrument should have the appropriate directional response.
Quantities for workplace monitoring in external dosimetry 2.46. For exposure of the lens of the eye, the recommended depth is 3 mm, but there are, at present, no published conversion coefficients for converting from the basic physical quantity kerma to the directional dose equivalent H′(3, Ω). However, if the monitoring device is not designed to measure H′(3, Ω), then H′(0.07, Ω) may be used as a surrogate [8].
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.47. Internal doses cannot be measured directly; they can only be inferred from individual measurements of other quantities, such as measurements of activity in the body or in excretion samples. In circumstances in which individual monitoring is inappropriate, inadequate or not feasible, the occupational exposure of workers may be assessed on the basis of workplace monitoring and other relevant information such as location and durations of exposure. Individual measurements include measurements made by both direct and indirect methods. Methods for the measurement of activity content in the body, such as whole body, thorax or thyroid counting, are examples of direct methods. In vitro measurements of activity in collected biological samples or measurements made using personal air sampling are examples of indirect methods. The conceptual framework for the assessment of doses from such measurements is illustrated in Fig. 2.
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.48. As shown in Fig. 2, the quantity of primary interest for internal dose is the intake I (i.e. the activity of the radionuclide taken into the body). The value of the intake is obtained by dividing the measured body content or excretion rate M by the appropriate value of m(t):
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry I=Mm(t)(5)
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry where m(t) is the fraction of an intake that remains in the body (for direct methods) or that is being excreted from the body (for indirect methods) at time t after the intake [13]. This fraction depends on the radionuclide, its chemical and physical form, the route of intake and the time t.
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.49. In the case of an intake of a mixture of radionuclides or of repeated intakes, the intake Ij of radionuclide j can be calculated by using the relevant measurement Mj and the derived fraction m(t)j.
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.50. The doses expected to result from a given intake I are called the committed equivalent dose HT(τ) to tissue or organ T and the committed effective dose E(τ), where τ is the time period after the intake over which the dose is integrated. The committed effective dose E(τ) is normally used for routine evaluation of occupational exposure. For occupational exposure of adults, τ is taken to be 50 years, irrespective of the age at intake. For occupational exposure of apprentices between the ages of 16 and 18 years, and for exposure of students between the ages of 16 and 18 years, τ is the time to the age of 70 years.
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.51. To derive the value of committed equivalent dose to a tissue or organ, the intake is multiplied by hT( g), the committed equivalent dose per unit intake for ingestion or inhalation, as appropriate, by the group of age g. For routine evaluation of occupational exposure, the adult group of age is considered, except for apprentices.
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.52. To derive the value of the committed effective dose, the intake is multiplied by e(g), the committed effective dose per unit intake for ingestion or inhalation, as appropriate, by the group of age g.
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.53. In the case of an intake of a mixture of radionuclides, the intake of each radionuclide should be assessed separately and multiplied by the applicable dose coefficient (i.e. by the applicable committed effective dose per unit intake).
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.54. The committed dose can be seriously underestimated if the dose coefficient hT( g) or e(g) is applied directly to the measured body content rather than to the inferred intake.
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.55. Various biokinetic models for calculating the values of m(t) and e(g) have been developed (see para. 7.141(a)). Values of m(t) at selected times for a subset of radionuclides have been reported by the ICRP in graphical and tabular form (see Ref. [13]). A compilation of dose coefficients e(g) for intakes of radionuclides by workers is presented in Ref. [14] and can also be found in table III.2A of GSR Part 3 [2]. These dose coefficients are based on the calculation methods and parameters given in Ref. [15]. The current published values of m(t) and e(g) have been superseded by new values in Ref. [16] based on updated biokinetic models and on the methods of calculation and the parameters given in Ref. [3].
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.56. The ICRP has provided dose coefficients per unit body content z(t) [16]. As illustrated in Fig. 2, these coefficients will enable the committed effective dose to be calculated directly from the results of monitoring measurements, without going through the process of calculating the corresponding intake, according to the equation:
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry E(τ)=M×z(t)(6)
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.57. In situations of exposure due to a single radionuclide by inhalation or ingestion, with no external exposure, the limit on intake IL corresponding to the limit L on effective dose is given by:
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry IL=Le(g)(7)
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry where e(g) is the applicable value of the committed effective dose per unit intake. When there is internal exposure due to a range of radionuclides or external exposure, the total effective dose should be calculated by summation of the individual contributions and should be compared with the relevant limit on effective dose.
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.58. The potential for inhalation of radionuclides may be assessed when necessary by measuring activity concentrations in air samples. The derived air concentration is defined as the concentration of airborne activity which would result in the intake Iinh, L by a worker exposed continuously for one year (taken to be 2000 h). The derived air concentration is usually expressed in units of becquerels per cubic metre. For a standard breathing rate of 1.2 m3/h and for an intake expressed in becquerels, the derived air concentration is thus given by:
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry DAC=Iinh,L2000×1.2(8)
Quantities for individual monitoring in internal dosimetry 2.59. The measured airborne activity concentration, expressed as a fraction of the derived air concentration, can be multiplied by the exposure time in hours to obtain an estimate of intake expressed in units of DAC hours.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.60. The dose to the lung arises almost entirely from the short lived progeny of 222Rn, rather than from 222Rn itself (see para. 5.45). The short lived progeny are unlikely to be in equilibrium with the parent radionuclide. Therefore, for purposes of radiation protection, special quantities are used for expressing the concentration of 222Rn progeny in air and the resulting exposure due to inhalation.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) Potential alpha energy
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.61. The potential alpha energy εp of a single atom of a short lived 222Rn progeny radionuclide is the total alpha energy emitted by that atom during complete decay from 222Rn to 210Pb.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.62. The potential alpha energy emitted by 1 Bq of a radionuclide, rather than by a single atom, is given by:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) Potentialalphaenergyperunitactivity(J/Bq)=εpactivityperatom=εpλ=εptln2(9)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) where λ is the decay constant (in reciprocal seconds) and t is the half-life of the radionuclide (in seconds). The relevant values for the short lived progeny of 222Rn are given in Table 1.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) Potential alpha energy concentration
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.63. When considering exposure situations involving 222Rn progeny, it is usual to express the total potential alpha energy as an energy concentration in air (in joules per cubic metre). This is referred to as the potential alpha energy concentration. For any mixture of short lived 222Rn progeny in air, the contribution of each radionuclide to the potential alpha energy concentration is its potential alpha energy per unit activity (εp) as given in Table 1 multiplied by its activity concentration c. The total potential alpha energy concentration is then the sum of these individual contributions:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) PAEC=jcjεp,jλj(10)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.64. It can be deduced from Table 1 (simply by adding the values in the right hand column) that if all the progeny were to be in equilibrium with the parent 222Rn at a concentration of 1 Bq/m3, the potential alpha energy concentration of the mixture would be 5.56 × 10−9 J/m3.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.65. In practice, the progeny will rarely, if ever, be in equilibrium, and the potential alpha energy concentration will, therefore, be some fraction of the equilibrium value. This fraction is called the equilibrium factor F:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) F=PAECPAEC(equilibrium)(11)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.66 By way of example, consider a non-equilibrium mixture of 222Rn and its progeny, in which the individual radionuclide activity concentrations are 100 Bq/m3 for 222Rn, 75 Bq/m3 for 218Po, 50 Bq/m3 for 214Pb and 25 Bq/m3 for each of 214Po and 214Bi. From Table 1, the potential alpha energy concentration of the mixture is:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) PAEC=(0.588×109×75)+(2.85×109×50)+(2.12×109×25)++(3×1016×25)=2.40×107J/m3(12)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.67. If the mixture were in equilibrium, all radioisotopes of the decay series would have an activity concentration of 100 Bq/m3 and the potential alpha energy concentration, in accordance with para. 2.64, would be:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) PAEC(equilibrium)=5.56×109×100=5.56×107J/m3(13)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) The equilibrium factor of the mixture is therefore:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) F=2.40×1075.56×107=0.432(14)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) Potential alpha energy exposure7
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.68. The exposure of an individual to 222Rn progeny (PRnP) is determined by multiplying the potential alpha energy concentration (in joules per cubic metre) by the exposure period (in hours). The exposure is therefore expressed in units of joule hours per cubic metre. Since the potential alpha energy concentration will generally vary during the exposure period, the exposure should be calculated as an integral over time:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) PRnP=0τPAEC(t)dt(15)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) where τ is the period of exposure. The exposure period is usually calculated over the course of one year. It is common to adopt a default annual exposure period of 2000 h for workplaces. It should be borne in mind that the adoption of this default value may lead to a conservative estimate of the annual exposure.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) Equilibrium equivalent concentration and equilibrium equivalent exposure
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.69. There is an alternative way of referring to the concentration of 222Rn progeny in air. If the 222Rn gas concentration (in becquerels per cubic metre) is multiplied by the equilibrium factor F, the resulting quantity is called the equilibrium equivalent concentration (EEC) of the 222Rn parent (also expressed in units of becquerels per cubic metre). The EEC can be regarded as the concentration of 222Rn in equilibrium with its progeny that would give the same potential alpha energy concentration as the actual non-equilibrium mixture. It can be determined from para. 2.64 that the numerical relationship between the potential alpha energy concentration and the EEC is as follows:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) PAEC(J/m3)=5.56×109×EEC(Bq/m3)(16)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) In the same way, exposure due to 222Rn progeny can be expressed as the equilibrium equivalent exposure, in units of becquerel hours per cubic metre:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) Equilibriumequivalentexposure=0τEEC(t)dt(17)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) The choice between potential alpha energy exposure and equilibrium equivalent exposure is not important, since these two quantities are simply related by a constant factor of 5.56 × 10−9 J/Bq.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 222Radon gas concentration as a surrogate for exposure due to 222Rn progeny
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) 2.70. In many situations involving exposure due to 222Rn progeny, the measurement process can be simplified considerably by using the time weighted average 222Rn gas concentration in air (in units of becquerels per cubic metre) as a surrogate for potential alpha energy. For instance, measurements in a large number of buildings over an extended time period are best made using passive track etch devices that detect 222Rn. Such devices are small, simple, robust and inexpensive. When adopting this approach, an appropriate value for the equilibrium factor F should be assumed. The use of a default value of 0.4 is usually adequate for this purpose. It has been found that most values of F in indoor air are within 30% of this value. However, workplaces such as underground mines or water treatment facilities can have significantly lower F values. The potential alpha energy exposure is then given by:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) Potential alpha energy exposure (J·h·m-3) = 222Rn concentration x 5.56 x 10-9 x 0.4 x T (18)
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of radon (222Rn) where T is the exposure period (h). By using a default annual exposure period of 2000 h for workplaces, this formula gives a potential alpha energy exposure of 4.45 × 10−6 J·h·m−3 for a 222Rn concentration of 1 Bq/m3.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 2.71. Radon-220 (commonly referred to as thoron) is not normally of concern in workplaces, except where material with a high thorium content is processed or stored, for example in the processing of monazite to extract rare earths and thorium. In such instances, a similar approach to that for 222Rn progeny can be followed. The short lived progeny of 220Rn are likely to be out of equilibrium with the parent. In enclosed workplaces, the short half-life of 220Rn (55.6 s) means that the spatial distribution of 220Rn is very different from that of its progeny. The assessment of an equilibrium factor is difficult and, for dose assessment purposes, an approach based on the measurement of the concentration of 220Rn progeny is easier and more appropriate than an approach based on measurement of the concentration of 220Rn.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 2.72. Of the various 220Rn progeny radionuclides, only 212Pb and 212Bi make major contributions — 91% and 9%, respectively — to the total potential alpha energy. The potential alpha energy of 212Pb is 6.91 × 10−8 J/Bq, while that of 212Bi is 6.56 × 10−9 J/Bq. The contribution of the parent radionuclide 220Rn is more than an order of magnitude lower than that of 212Bi. Since 212Pb contributes almost all of the total potential alpha energy, its activity concentration in air can be used as a surrogate for potential alpha energy concentration, in which case a 212Pb concentration of 1 Bq/m3 corresponds to a potential alpha energy concentration of 6.91 × 10−8 J/m3.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 3.1. Paragraphs 3.1–3.4 of GSR Part 3 [2] specify the scope of application of the requirements for planned exposure situations. The scope is defined in terms of the practices involved and the exposures to sources within practices. With regard to exposure to radiation from natural sources, para. 3.4 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that such exposure is normally subject to the requirements for existing exposure situations (see Section 5). Only in certain cases do the requirements for planned exposure situations apply (see paras 3.159 and 3.161).
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 3.2. GSR Part 3 [2] requires any person or organization intending to carry out any activity within the scope of application of the requirements to submit a notification to the regulatory body of such an intention. Notification alone is sufficient provided that the exposures expected to be associated with the practice or action are unlikely to exceed a small fraction of the relevant limits, as specified by the regulatory body, and that the likelihood and magnitude of potential exposures and any other potential detrimental consequences are negligible.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 3.3. Where notification alone is not sufficient, the person or organization concerned is required to apply to the regulatory body for authorization, which takes the form of registration or licensing. Typical practices that are amenable to registration are those for which: (i) safety can largely be ensured by the design of the facilities and equipment; (ii) the operating procedures are simple to follow; (iii) the safety training requirements are minimal; and (iv) there is a history of few problems with safety in operations. Registration is best suited to those practices for which operations do not vary significantly.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 3.4. One of the primary responsibilities of management with regard to occupational exposure is set out in Requirement 21 of GSR Part 3 [2]:
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn Employers, registrants and licensees shall be responsible for the protection of workers against occupational exposure. Employers, registrants and licensees shall ensure that protection and safety is optimized and that the dose limits for occupational exposure are not exceeded.”
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 3.5. In terms of para. 3.78 of GSR Part 3 [2], where a worker’s exposure arises from sources that are not required by, or directly related to, the work, the management is required to provide that worker with the same level of protection against such exposure as members of the public.
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 3.6. In accordance with the graded approach to regulation (see paras 2.20–2.22), the government or the regulatory body is required to determine which practices or sources within practices are to be exempted from some or all of the requirements of GSR Part 3 [2], including the requirements for notification, registration or licensing (see para. 3.10 of GSR Part 3 [2]). Similarly, the regulatory body is required to approve which sources, including materials and objects, that are already within a notified practice or an authorized practice may be cleared from regulatory control (see para. 3.12 of GSR Part 3 [2]). Exemption or clearance is the appropriate regulatory option if the radiation risks are too low to warrant regulatory control or if the imposition (or retention) of regulatory control would yield no net benefit (see paras I.1–10 of GSR Part 3 [2]).
Quantities for monitoring short lived progeny of 220Rn 3.7. In terms of paras I.2 and I.11 of GSR Part 3 [2], the general criterion for exemption or clearance without further consideration is an effective dose of the order of 10 μSv or less in a year (or 1 mSv or less in a year in the case of low  probability scenarios). However, for bulk material containing radionuclides of natural origin, the 10 μSv criterion is not appropriate, since it is one or two orders  of magnitude below the normal variations in exposure to natural background radiation. For such material, the criterion for exemption is an effective dose of the order of 1 mSv or less in a year (para. I.4 of GSR Part 3 [2]), while the criterion for clearance is an activity concentration of 1 Bq/g or less for each radionuclide in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series, and 10 Bq/g or less for 40K (or, for certain residues, an effective dose of 1 mSv or less in a year) (see para. I.12 of GSR Part 3 [2]).  
General 3.8. Paragraphs 3.76(b) and 3.77 of GSR Part 3 [2] state that:
  • Shall involve workers, through their representatives where appropriate, in optimization of protection and safety;

  • Shall establish and use, as appropriate, constraints as part of optimization of protection and safety.”

General 3.9. For control of occupational exposure in planned exposure situations, guidance on meeting the relevant requirements of GSR Part 3 [2] for optimization of protection and safety is provided in paras 3.10–3.18. Further information of a more practical nature is provided in Ref. [17].
General 3.10. Optimization of protection and safety should be considered at all stages in the lifetime of equipment and installations, in relation to both exposures from normal operations and potential exposures. As a consequence, all situations — from design through operation to decommissioning and waste management — should be considered in the optimization procedure.
General 3.11. From a practical viewpoint, the requirements for optimization call for an approach that:
  • Considers all possible actions involving the source(s) and the way workers operate with or near the source(s).

  • Implies a ‘management by objective’ process with the following sequence: planning, setting objectives, monitoring, measuring performance, evaluating and analysing performance to define corrective actions, and setting new objectives.

  • Can be adapted to take into account any significant change in the state of techniques, the resources available for the purposes of protection or the prevailing societal context.

  • Encourages accountability, such that all parties adopt a responsible attitude to the process of eliminating unnecessary exposures.

General 3.12. The quantity collective effective dose can be used as an instrument for optimization, for comparing available radiological technologies and for protection procedures. This quantity takes account of the exposure of all individuals in a group over a given time period or during a given operation executed by this group in designated radiation areas. The collective effective dose is calculated as the sum of all individual effective doses over the time period or during the operation being considered and is expressed in man-sieverts (man Sv).
General 3.13. The process of optimization should take account of:
  • The resources available for protection and safety;

  • The distributions of individual exposure and collective exposure in different groups of workers;

  • The probability and magnitude of potential exposure;

  • The potential impact of actions for the purposes of radiation protection on the level of other (non-radiological) risks to workers or to members of the public;

  • Good practices in relevant sectors;

  • Societal and economic aspects.

General 3.14. Some of the options considered in the optimization of protection and safety for workers may lead to increased exposure of other persons or, in the medical field, a reduction in the efficacy of the clinical procedure. Such impacts should be taken into account in the optimization process, especially when considering the establishment of administrative controls and the use of personal protective equipment. In particular, the arrangements for the protection of medical staff should not lead to a reduction in the protection of the patient or a deterioration in the clinical outcome.
General 3.15. In general, incremental benefits to be obtained in terms of dose reduction decrease progressively as the associated expenditure increases. Even the cost of considering the ways in which doses may be reduced can become significant compared with the benefit to be achieved. At some stage, the effort might not be worthwhile for low doses. In this context, it is noted that para. 3.10 of GSR Part 3 [2] provides for the exemption of practices from regulatory control when an assessment shows that exemption is the optimum option for protection. This provision is simply a recognition of the more general concept of diminishing returns.
General 3.16. The optimization of protection and safety should be considered at the design stage of equipment and installations, when some degree of flexibility is still available. The use of engineered controls should be examined carefully at this stage in defining the protection options. In image guided interventional procedures, for example, where there is a potential for workers to receive a significant dose to the lens of the eye, attention should be paid to the installation of fixed shielding and to the selection of equipment. Even if protection has been optimized at the design stage, however, the requirements for optimization in the operational phase still apply. At this stage, the content and the scale of the optimization process will depend on the situation. For example, when dealing with X ray machines, the optimization process can be quite straightforward, involving local rules and appropriate training of the operators. For nuclear facilities, situations are more complicated, and a structured approach should be followed as part of the radiation protection programme, including the use of decision aiding techniques (see paras 3.24–3.27), the establishment of dose constraints (see paras 3.28–3.33) and the establishment of investigation levels (see paras 3.122–3.128).
General 3.17. Optimization of protection and safety in operation is a process that begins at the planning stage and continues through the stages of scheduling, preparation, implementation and feedback. This process of optimization through work management is applied in order to keep exposure levels under review and to ensure that they are as low as reasonably achievable. The elaboration of a radiation protection programme, adapted to the specific situation, is an essential element of work management.
General 3.18. The management should record information on the way in which optimization of protection and safety is being applied and should disseminate the information, as appropriate. This information could cover the following:
  • The rationale for proposed operating, maintenance and administrative procedures, together with other options that have been considered and the reasons for their rejection;

  • Periodic review and trend analysis for doses due to occupational exposure of individuals in various work groups, and other performance indicators;

  • Internal audits and peer reviews, and the resulting corrective actions;

  • Incident reports and lessons to be learned.

Commitment to optimization of protection 3.19. The primary responsibility for optimization of protection and safety lies with the management. Commitment to an effective protection and safety policy is essential at all levels of the management, but in particular at the senior level. The commitment of the management should be demonstrated by means of written policy statements that make radiation protection criteria an integral part of the decision process, and by provision of adequate resources and clear and demonstrable support for those persons with direct responsibility for radiation protection in the workplace.
Commitment to optimization of protection 3.20. The senior management should translate its commitment to optimization of protection and safety into effective action by incorporating optimization into an appropriate radiation protection programme, commensurate with the level and nature of the radiation risks presented by the practice. The scope of such a programme is set out in para. 3.60.
Commitment to optimization of protection 3.21. Workers should also have a commitment to protection and safety. The employer should ensure that mechanisms are in place by which workers can be involved, as much as possible, in the development of methods to keep doses as low as reasonably achievable, and have the opportunity to provide their views on the effectiveness of radiation protection measures.h
Commitment to optimization of protection 3.22. Optimization of protection and safety is a regulatory requirement. The regulatory body should be committed to optimization of protection and safety, and should encourage its application. Where necessary, the regulatory body should undertake all relevant actions to enforce regulatory requirements on the management to apply this principle.
Commitment to optimization of protection 3.23. The management should ensure that training programmes, with content and duration commensurate with, and adapted to, the functions and responsibilities of the staff concerned, are provided for staff at all levels, including the senior management. The staff of regulatory bodies should have the training necessary to ensure that optimization of protection and safety is appropriately applied and enforced.
Use of decision aiding techniques 3.24. The process of optimization of protection and safety using decision aiding techniques can range from intuitive qualitative analyses to quantitative analyses, but should be sufficient to take all relevant factors into account in a coherent way, so as to contribute to achieving the following objectives:
  • To determine optimized measures for protection and safety for the prevailing circumstances, with account taken of the available options for protection and safety as well as the nature, magnitude and likelihood of exposures;

  • To establish criteria, on the basis of the results of the optimization process, for restriction of the magnitudes of exposures and of their probabilities by means of measures for preventing accidents and mitigating their consequences.

Use of decision aiding techniques 3.25. In most situations, a qualitative approach based on professional judgement will be sufficient for deciding upon the most favourable level of protection that can be achieved. In more complex situations, particularly those having significant implications for expenditure (e.g. at the design stage of installations), the use of a more structured approach may be appropriate. Some complex situations may be quantifiable using cost–benefit analysis or other quantitative techniques. In other cases, however, it may not be possible to quantify all of the factors involved, or to express them in commensurate units. It may also be difficult to make a balance between collective doses and individual doses, and between doses to workers and doses to the public, and to take account of broader societal factors. For these situations, qualitative decision aiding techniques such as multicriteria analysis can be useful.
Use of decision aiding techniques 3.26. A structured approach to the selection of appropriate measures for protection and safety should include the following steps, with account taken of exposures from normal operations and of potential exposures:
  • Identify all practicable protection options that might potentially reduce the occupational exposure;

  • Identify all relevant economic, societal, radiological and, where appropriate, non-radiological factors for the particular situation under review that distinguish between the identified options (e.g. collective dose, distribution of individual dose, impact on public exposure, impact on future generations and investment costs);

  • Quantify, where possible, the relevant factors for each protection option;

  • Compare all options and select the optimum option(s);

  • Where appropriate, perform a sensitivity analysis (i.e. evaluate the robustness of the solutions obtained by testing using different values for the key parameters for which recognized uncertainties exist).

Use of decision aiding techniques 3.27. Whatever the situation, decision makers should keep in mind that decision aiding techniques do not necessarily provide the definitive answer, nor do they provide the only possible solution. These techniques should be seen as tools to help structure problems in order to compare the relative effectiveness of various possible options for protection and safety, to facilitate the integration of all relevant factors and to assist in taking coherent decisions.
Dose constraints 3.28. Paragraph 1.22 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Dose constraints “Dose constraints…are used for optimization of protection and safety, the intended outcome of which is that all exposures are controlled to levels that are as low as reasonably achievable, economic, societal and environmental factors being taken into account. Dose constraints are applied to occupational exposure and to public exposure in planned exposure situations.”
Dose constraints For occupational exposures, a dose constraint is a source related value of individual dose used to limit the range of options considered in the process of optimization, and it will always be a fraction of the dose limit. Paragraph 1.22 continues that:
Dose constraints “Dose constraints are set separately for each source under control and they serve as boundary conditions in defining the range of options for the purposes of optimization of protection and safety. Dose constraints are not dose limits: exceeding a dose constraint does not represent non-compliance with regulatory requirements, but it could result in follow-up actions.”
Dose constraints 3.29. Paragraph 1.23 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Dose constraints “While the objectives of the use of dose constraints for controlling occupational exposure and public exposure are similar, the dose constraints are applied in different ways. For occupational exposure, the dose constraint is a tool to be established and used in the optimization of protection and safety by the person or organization responsible for a facility or an activity.... After exposures have occurred, the dose constraint may be used as a benchmark for assessing the suitability of the optimized strategy for protection and safety...that has been implemented and for making adjustments as necessary. The setting of the dose constraint needs to be considered in conjunction with other health and safety provisions and the technology available.”
Dose constraints 3.30. The objective of applying a dose constraint is to place a ceiling on values of individual dose — doses from a source, a set of sources in an installation, a practice, a task or a group of operations in a specific type of industry — that could be considered acceptable in the process of optimization of protection for those sources, practices or tasks. Depending on the situation, the dose constraint can be expressed as a single dose or as a dose over a given time period. The setting of any dose constraints should be such that dose limits for occupational exposure are complied with when workers incur exposures from multiple sources or tasks.
Dose constraints 3.31. To apply the optimization principle, individual doses should be assessed at the design and planning stage, and it is these predicted individual doses for the various options that should be compared with the appropriate dose constraint. Options predicted to give doses below the dose constraint should be considered further; those predicted to give doses above the dose constraint should normally be rejected. Dose constraints should not be used retrospectively to check compliance with the requirements for protection and safety.
Dose constraints 3.32. Dose constraints should be used prospectively in optimizing radiation protection in various situations encountered in planning and executing tasks, and in designing facilities or equipment. They should, therefore, be set on a case by case basis in accordance with the specific characteristics of the exposure situation. Since dose constraints are source related, the source to which they relate should be specified. Dose constraints should be set in consultation with those involved. Regulatory bodies may use them in a generic way — for categories of similar sources, practices or tasks — or specifically, in authorizing individual sources, practices or tasks. The establishment of constraints may be the result of interaction between the regulatory body, the affected operators and, where appropriate, workers’ representatives. As a general rule, it would be more appropriate for the regulatory body to encourage the development of constraints for occupational exposure within particular industries and organizational groupings, subject to regulatory oversight, than to stipulate specific values of constraints.
Dose constraints 3.33. The process of deriving a dose constraint for any specific situation should include a review of operating experience and feedback from similar situations, if possible, and considerations of economic, societal and technical factors. For occupational exposure, experience with well managed operations is of particular importance and should be considered in setting constraints. National surveys or international databases that capture a large amount of experience with exposures relating to specific operations can be useful for such purposes.
Dose constraints 3.34. Paragraph 3.76(a) of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Dose constraints “Employers, registrants and licensees shall ensure, for all workers engaged in activities in which they are or could be subject to occupational exposure, that:
  • Occupational exposure is controlled so that the relevant dose limits for occupational exposure specified in Schedule III are not exceeded”.

Dose constraints 3.35. In accordance with para. III.1 of GSR Part 3 [2]:
  • An effective dose of 20 mSv per year averaged over five consecutive years66 (100 mSv in 5 years) and of 50 mSv in any single year;

  • An equivalent dose to the lens of the eye of 20 mSv per year averaged over five consecutive years (100 mSv in 5 years) and of 50 mSv in any single year;

  • An equivalent dose to the extremities (hands and feet) or to the skin67 of 500 mSv in a year.

Dose constraints “66 The start of the averaging period shall be coincident with the first day of the relevant annual period after the date of entry into force of these Standards, with no retrospective averaging.
Dose constraints 3.36. The regulatory body or other relevant authority should clearly define the convention to be followed in determining the periods to be used for dose limitation. Calendar years or national fiscal years are simple examples that can be used for the single year periods. ‘Rolling’ five year periods, in which the current single year (calendar or fiscal) is considered the final year in the five year period, can be selected for averaging purposes. Alternative conventions may be adopted to accord with regulatory preferences.
Dose constraints 3.37. As stated in para. III.1 of GSR Part 3 [2], the limits on equivalent dose to the skin apply to the average dose over 1 cm2 of the most highly irradiated area of the skin. The dose to the skin also contributes to the effective dose, this contribution being the average dose to the entire skin multiplied by the tissue weighting factor for the skin.
Dose constraints 3.38. As stated in paras III.1 and 3.114 of GSR Part 3 [2], additional restrictions apply to occupational exposure for a female worker who has notified pregnancy or who is breast-feeding (see paras 3.46 and 6.2–6.20).
Dose constraints 3.39. In accordance with para. III.2 of GSR Part 3 [2]:
  • An effective dose of 6 mSv in a year;

  • An equivalent dose to the lens of the eye of 20 mSv in a year;

  • An equivalent dose to the extremities (hands and feet) or to the skin67 of 150 mSv in a year.

Dose constraints “67 The equivalent dose limits for the skin apply to the average dose over 1 cm2 of the most highly irradiated area of the skin. The dose to the skin also contributes to the effective dose, this contribution being the average dose to the entire skin multiplied by the tissue weighting factor for the skin.” For occupational exposure, the employer of the apprentice is required to be responsible for protection and safety for the apprentice.
Dose constraints For occupational exposure, the employer of the apprentice is required to be responsible for protection and safety for the apprentice.
Dose constraints 3.40. Recommendations on the application of dose limits to itinerant workers are provided in paras 6.21–6.100.
Dose constraints 3.41. Cases in which the flexibility provided by the averaging of doses over five years might be needed include planned maintenance operations in nuclear power plants and routine work in some uranium mining operations. In most situations, however, provided that the principle of optimization of protection has been appropriately applied, it would be unusual for workers to receive an annual effective dose that exceeds 20 mSv. Where the flexibility provided by averaging is not needed, the regulatory body could continue to operate with an annual limit; the dose limit would then be 20 mSv in any single year.
Dose constraints 3.42.
  • The general approach to the application of the dose limits where full flexibility is used (i.e. averaging of doses over five years) can be summarized as follows:

  • In general, the exposure of an individual worker should be controlled so that the effective dose does not exceed 20 mSv in a year. This includes the external dose as well as the internal dose received by the worker during the period.

  • Where the exposure of an individual worker results in an effective dose exceeding 20 mSv in a year but within the dose limit of 50 mSv, the management should do the following, as appropriate: (i) Carry out a review of exposure to determine whether exposures were as low as reasonably achievable and, where appropriate, to take the necessary corrective action; (ii) Consider ways to restrict further exposures of the individual worker to ensure that the effective dose over the chosen five year averaging period is less than 100 mSv; (iii) Notify the regulatory body of the magnitude of the dose and the circumstances leading to the exposure.

Dose constraints 3.43. In para. 3.48 of GSR Part 3 [2], registrants and licensees are required to report immediately to the regulatory body any event in which a dose limit is exceeded. The management should therefore have a suitable reporting system in place. Such a system should also provide for the notification of those workers involved in an event in which the dose limit for occupational exposure is exceeded.
Dose constraints 3.44. Incidents in which a worker was exposed such that the single year dose limit of 50 mSv was exceeded would be considered exceptional. In such exceptional circumstances, it would be appropriate for the worker to continue working with radiation provided that: (a) The regulatory body, having due regard for the health of the worker, considers that there is no reason to prevent the worker’s continuing work with radiation; (b) The employer and the regulatory body, in consultation with the worker (through the worker’s representatives, where appropriate), and with the occupational physician, where appropriate, agree on a temporary dose restriction and the period to which it applies.
Dose constraints 3.45. A restriction based pro rata on the remaining period of time to which the dose limit relates might be appropriate, and further restrictions might have to be applied in order to keep within the dose limit of 100 mSv in five years.
Dose constraints 3.46. In general, the dose limits for occupational exposure apply equally to male and female workers. However, because of the possible relevance of the greater sensitivity of the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant to radiation, additional controls should be considered for pregnant and breast-feeding workers. Special requirements for the radiation protection of female workers during and after pregnancy are addressed in paras 6.2–6.20.
Dose constraints 3.47. The regulatory body should ensure that systems are in place to prevent workers who have received a dose close to a relevant dose limit being deprived of their right to work. Situations might arise in which a worker has unintentionally received a dose that is close to the relevant dose limit, such that further exposures could result in that limit being exceeded. This situation should be treated in a similar manner to the situation in which a worker’s dose exceeds a dose limit (see paras 3.44 and 3.45).
Dose constraints 3.48. The management should plan work programmes so as to ensure, to the extent possible, that workers do not receive a dose corresponding to a significant proportion of the relevant dose limit in a short period of time, such that subsequent exposures might result in the annual dose limit being exceeded.
Objectives 3.49. The general objective of the radiation protection programme is to fulfil the management’s responsibility for protection and safety through the adoption of management structures, policies, procedures and organizational arrangements that are commensurate with the nature and extent of the risks. The radiation protection programme should cover all the main elements contributing to protection and safety. The radiation protection programme could relate to all phases of a practice or to the lifetime of a facility (i.e. from design through commissioning and operation or process control to decommissioning).
Objectives 3.50. Radiation protection is only one element in ensuring the overall health and safety of workers. The radiation protection programme should be established and managed in close cooperation with those responsible for other areas of health and safety such as industrial hygiene, industrial safety and fire safety.
Objectives 3.51. Paragraph 3.93 of GSR Part 3 [2] requires that:
  • Engineered controls;

  • Administrative controls;

  • Personal protective equipment.”

Objectives 3.52. Although the radiation protection programme could include protection of both workers and the public, this Safety Guide focuses only on those aspects dealing with the protection of workers. In most practices, doses received by workers are well below the relevant dose limits in GSR Part 3 [2], and only a small fraction of the workforce will potentially be affected by the requirements for dose limitation. The requirements for optimization should be the principal impetus for the establishment and implementation of radiation protection programmes, including, in many cases, measures to prevent or reduce potential exposures and measures to mitigate the consequences of accidents.
Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment 3.53. The characteristics of exposure situations may vary considerably depending on the type of facility concerned (ranging from ‘simple’ facilities, such as baggage inspection equipment in airports, to much more complex facilities, such as nuclear reprocessing plants), and on the stage of activity (e.g. construction, operation, maintenance and decommissioning). It should be ensured by the use of a graded approach that the radiation protection programme is well adapted to the situation (see paras 2.20–2.22). As the first step towards the definition of a radiation protection programme, a prior radiological evaluation of the facility or activity should be performed.
Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment 3.54. The prior radiological evaluation should describe, as precisely as necessary, the situation involving occupational exposures. In accordance with a graded approach, the level of effort, formality and detail of the evaluation, and the scrutiny to which it is subjected, should be linked to the magnitude of the exposures in normal operation, and to the magnitude and probability of potential exposures.
Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment 3.55. The prior radiological evaluation should identify the following for all aspects of operations:
  • The sources of routine exposure and reasonably foreseeable potential exposure, such as surface contamination, airborne contamination and sources of external radiation.

  • The nature and magnitude of exposures in normal operations.

  • The nature, likelihood and magnitude of potential exposures. This should include the ways in which structures, systems and components, and procedures relating to radiation protection or safety, might fail, singly or in combination, or otherwise lead to potential exposures, and the consequences of such failures.

  • The measures for protection and safety that are necessary to implement the optimization process.

  • Appropriate monitoring systems.

  • An assessment of potential public exposure due to radioactive effluents from the facility.

Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment 3.56. The assessment of exposures in the prior radiological evaluation may be made by one or more of the following methods:
  • Use of workplace monitoring. This method can give a good assessment of the doses that workers will receive, provided that the radiological conditions in the workplace are reasonably predictable over a long period (at least for several months). Workplace monitoring should be repeated at appropriate intervals, and certainly when the working conditions change significantly.

  • Use of data from the scientific literature and information from comparable facilities. Some dose values are given in the literature for various workplace situations. These can, in principle, be used to judge whether monitoring is needed.

  • Use of simulations. Numerical simulations can be powerful and can provide information instantly on the parameters that influence doses that would be received in given exposure situations. The results of simulations should be verified by measurement.

  • Use of confirmatory measurements. Performing confirmatory measurements with personal dosimeters can help to determine whether individual monitoring is needed.

Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment 3.57. The prior radiological evaluation will help to determine what can be achieved at the design stage to establish satisfactory working conditions through the use of engineered features. Examples would be the provision of shielding, containment, ventilation or interlocks. These considerations should be aimed at minimizing the need for relying on administrative controls and personal protective equipment for protection and safety during normal operations (see para. 3.51). Consideration may then be given subsequently to additional operational procedures and restrictions that might be implemented to further control workers’ exposure. Only if these measures are not sufficient to adequately restrict the doses received by workers will the prior evaluation need to include consideration of the use of special tools, personal protective equipment and specific task related training.
Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment 3.58. With respect to the safety assessment process, Requirement 13 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment 3.59. Paragraph 3.31 of GSR Part 3 [2] requires that:
Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment “Safety assessments shall be conducted at different stages, including the stages of siting, design, manufacture, construction, assembly, commissioning, operation, maintenance and decommissioning (or closure) of facilities or parts thereof, as appropriate,...”
Prior radiological evaluation and safety assessment More specific requirements on safety assessment for facilities and activities are established in IAEA Safety Standards Series No. GSR Part 4 (Rev. 1), Safety Assessment for Facilities and Activities [18], and various IAEA Safety Guides on safety assessment are under development.
Scope of the radiation protection programme 3.60. The radiation protection programme should document the following, with an appropriate level of detail:
  • The assignment of responsibilities for protection and safety for workers to different management levels, including corresponding organizational arrangements and, if applicable (e.g. in the case of itinerant workers), the allocation of the respective responsibilities between employers and the registrant or licensee;

  • The designation and functions of qualified experts, as appropriate (see paras 3.65–3.71);

  • The integration of occupational radiation protection with other areas of health and safety, such as industrial hygiene, industrial safety and fire safety;

  • The system for the accountability for radiation generators and radioactive sources (see paras 3.72–3.74);

  • The designation of controlled areas and supervised areas (see paras 3.75–3.86);

  • The local rules for workers to follow and the supervision of work (see paras 3.87–3.92);

  • The provision of personal protective equipment, if applicable (see paras 3.93 and 9.53–9.64);

  • The arrangements for monitoring workers and the workplace, including the acquisition and maintenance of suitable instruments (see paras 3.97–3.128 and Section 7);

  • The system for recording and reporting all of the relevant information relating to the control of exposures, the decisions regarding measures for occupational radiation protection and safety, and the monitoring of individuals (see paras 3.132–3.140 and Section 7);

  • The education and training programme on the nature of the hazards and on measures for protection and safety (see paras 3.141–3.151);

  • The methods for periodically reviewing and auditing the performance of the radiation protection programme (see paras 3.157 and 3.158);

  • The emergency plan, where the need for such a plan is indicated by the safety assessment (see paras 4.5 and 4.6);

  • The programme for workers’ health surveillance (see Section 10);

  • The requirements for the assurance of quality and process improvement.

Scope of the radiation protection programme 3.61. Paragraph 3.13 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Scope of the radiation protection programme “Registrants and licensees shall bear the responsibility for setting up and implementing the technical and organizational measures that are necessary for protection and safety for the practices and sources for which they are authorized. Registrants and licensees may designate suitably qualified persons to carry out tasks relating to these responsibilities, but they shall retain the prime responsibility for protection and safety. Registrants and licensees shall document the names and responsibilities of persons designated to ensure compliance with the requirements of these Standards.”
Scope of the radiation protection programme 3.62. The responsibility for the implementation of the radiation protection programme within an organization should be allocated by the management to staff as appropriate. The responsibilities of each hierarchical level, from the senior management to workers involved in specific tasks regarding each aspect of the radiation protection programme should be clearly delineated and documented in written policy statements to ensure that all management and staff are aware of them.
Scope of the radiation protection programme 3.63. The organizational structures should reflect the assignment of responsibilities and the commitment of the organization to protection and safety. The management structure should facilitate cooperation between the various individuals involved. The radiation protection programme should be designed in such a way that the relevant information is provided to the individuals in charge of the various aspects of the work.
Scope of the radiation protection programme 3.64. In order to coordinate decision making concerning the choice of measures for protection and safety, it may be appropriate, depending on the size and complexity of the facility, to create a specific advisory committee with representatives of those departments concerned with occupational exposure. The main purpose of this committee would be to advise senior management on the radiation protection programme. Its members should therefore include management staff from the relevant departments and workers with field experience. The functions of the committee should be to delineate the main objectives of the radiation protection programme in general, and operational radiation protection in particular, to validate the goals of radiation protection, to make proposals regarding the choice of measures for protection and safety, and to make recommendations to the management with regard to the resources, methods and tools to be assigned to the fulfilment of the radiation protection programme.
Qualified experts 3.65. The radiation protection programme should specify the need for, and designate, qualified experts in the relevant fields such as the following:
  • Radiation protection;

  • Internal and external dosimetry;

  • Workplace monitoring;

  • Ventilation (e.g. in underground mines);

  • Occupational health;

  • Radioactive waste management.

Qualified experts 3.66. The management should ensure that the relevant services of qualified experts are provided and that the persons providing such services relating to radiation protection work in close cooperation and maintain close working contacts with persons responsible for the control of non-radiological hazards. A radiation protection officer should be appointed, when required by the regulatory body, to oversee the application of the relevant regulatory requirements and compliance.
Qualified experts 3.67. The functions of the qualified experts in each field are interrelated in many ways and may be combined for the operation of some facilities. For instance, in a small underground mine, it might be appropriate to combine the functions of the radiation protection officer and the ventilation officer. Where the responsibilities are divided between two or more qualified experts, the qualified experts should maintain a close working relationship.
Qualified experts 3.68. The qualified experts should report directly to the senior representative of the employer at the facility who has overall responsibility for safety.
Qualified experts 3.69. The qualified experts should be provided with adequate equipment, resources and staff to fulfil their functions.
Qualified experts 3.70. The effectiveness of the control measures implemented by the qualified experts should be assessed periodically.
Qualified experts 3.71. Management should consult the appointed qualified experts, as appropriate, on aspects of the radiation protection programme, including the designation of controlled areas and supervised areas, the preparation of local rules, the provision of personal protective equipment and the arrangements for monitoring the workplace and workers, and on any subsequent changes having a significant impact on protection and safety.
Accountability for radiation generators and radioactive sources 3.72. The basic requirement is set out in Requirement 17 of GSR Part 3 [2], which states that “Registrants and licensees shall ensure the safety of radiation generators and radioactive sources.”
Accountability for radiation generators and radioactive sources 3.73. More detailed requirements on ensuring the safety of radiation generators and radioactive sources are given in paras 3.49–3.60 of GSR Part 3 [2]. Guidance on the safety of radiation generators and sealed radioactive sources is given in IAEA Safety Standards Series No. RS-G-1.10, Safety of Radiation Generators and Sealed Radioactive Sources [19].
Accountability for radiation generators and radioactive sources 3.74. The accountability system for radiation generators and radioactive sources should include an inventory that contains records of the location and description of each radiation generator or radioactive source, and the activity and physical and chemical form of each radioactive source. This inventory should be updated and verified periodically. In addition, consideration should be given to keeping records on any special instructions for each radioactive source held and details of the disposal of any such source.
Classification of areas 3.75. The management should consider classifying working areas whenever there is occupational exposure to radiation. These areas should be clearly defined in the radiation protection programme, and their classification should result from the prior radiological evaluation referred to in paras 3.53–3.56. Two types of area can be defined: controlled areas and supervised areas.
Classification of areas Controlled areas
Classification of areas 3.76. Detailed requirements for controlled areas are set out in paras 3.88–3.90 of GSR Part 3 [2], which state that:
  • Controlling exposures or preventing the spread of contamination in normal operation;

  • Preventing or limiting the likelihood and magnitude of exposures in anticipated operational occurrences and accident conditions.

  • Shall delineate controlled areas by physical means or, where this is not reasonably practicable, by some other suitable means.

  • Shall, where a source is only intermittently brought into operation or energized, or is moved from place to place, delineate an appropriate controlled area by means that are appropriate under the prevailing circumstances and shall specify exposure times.

  • Shall display the symbol recommended by the International Organization for Standardization...and shall display instructions at access points to and at appropriate locations within controlled areas.

  • Shall establish measures for protection and safety, including, as appropriate, physical measures to control the spread of contamination and local rules and procedures for controlled areas.

  • Shall restrict access to controlled areas by means of administrative procedures such as the use of work permits, and by physical barriers, which could include locks or interlocks, the degree of restriction being commensurate with the likelihood and magnitude of exposures.

  • Shall provide, as appropriate, at entrances to controlled areas: (i) Personal protective equipment; (ii) Equipment for individual monitoring and workplace monitoring; (iii) Suitable storage for personal clothing.

  • Shall provide, as appropriate, at exits from controlled areas: (i) Equipment for monitoring for contamination of skin and clothing; (ii) Equipment for monitoring for contamination of any objects or material being removed from the area; (iii) Washing or showering facilities and other personal decontamination facilities; (iv) Suitable storage for contaminated personal protective equipment.

  • Shall periodically review conditions to assess whether there is any need to modify the measures for protection and safety or the boundaries of controlled areas.

  • Shall provide appropriate information, instruction and training for persons working in controlled areas.”

Classification of areas 3.77. An area should be designated as a controlled area when the management considers that there is a need to adopt procedural controls to ensure an optimized level of protection and compliance with the relevant dose limits. The designations should be based on operational experience and judgement. In areas where there is no problem of contamination by unsealed radioactive substances, designated areas may sometimes be defined in terms of the dose rate at the boundary. Values of dose rate based on a fraction of the relevant dose limit have often been used in the past for defining the boundaries of controlled areas. Such an approach might still be appropriate, but it should not be used without careful radiological evaluation. For instance, account should be taken of the length of time for which the dose rate remains at, or above, the defined level and the risks of potential exposures.
Classification of areas 3.78. Work with unsealed radioactive substances can result in contamination of the air and surfaces, and this, in turn, can lead to intakes of radionuclides by workers. Such contamination will generally be of an intermittent nature, and it will not normally be possible to control intakes by placing reliance solely on design features, particularly in the event of an incident. Operational procedures will, therefore, be necessary to prevent or reduce the possibility of intake, and controlled areas should, in general, be established.
Classification of areas 3.79. Controlled areas may not need to be set up where only small quantities of unsealed radioactive substances are used (e.g. for tracer studies in a research laboratory). They may also be unnecessary when only materials with low activity concentrations are handled, such as materials in various industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material.
Classification of areas 3.80. The caution signs at the entrances to controlled areas should be used to indicate to employees, especially maintenance staff, that special procedures apply in the area and that radiation sources are likely to be present.
Classification of areas 3.81. In setting up controlled areas, the management may find it useful to make use of existing physical boundaries, such as the walls of rooms or buildings. This might mean that the areas will be larger than would strictly be necessary on the basis of radiation protection considerations alone. For instance, for practical purposes, in some underground uranium mines, it may be appropriate to designate as a controlled area the entire underground area. Similarly, in some diagnostic medical facilities, it may be appropriate to designate the entire examination room as a controlled area.
Classification of areas 3.82. In specifying access controls for controlled areas, practical considerations and the need for access controls for other (non-radiological) reasons should be taken into account. In many workplaces, especially those in purpose designed buildings involving relatively few workers, comprehensive controls, such as physical barriers involving locks and interlocks, might be practical to install and operate, and may be required already for security reasons. In other workplaces, such as underground mines, in which thousands of workers are employed, means of access controls such as cards and tags and supervision may be the more practical and appropriate alternative.
Classification of areas Supervised areas
Classification of areas 3.83. Requirements for supervised areas are set out in paras 3.91 and 3.92 of GSR Part 3 [2], which state that:
  • Shall delineate the supervised areas by appropriate means;

  • Shall display approved signs, as appropriate, at access points to supervised areas;

  • Shall periodically review conditions to assess whether there is any need for further measures for protection and safety or any need for changes to the boundaries of supervised areas.”

Classification of areas 3.84. The essential purpose of a supervised area is to identify those parts of the workplace that should be subject to regular review of the radiological conditions to determine whether the status of the area should be changed — as a result, for example, of circumstances that were not foreseen in the prior radiological evaluation — or whether there has been some breakdown of control, either in the design features or in the procedures that apply in any adjacent controlled area. Usually, the review of the radiological conditions would comprise a programme of regular monitoring of the area and, in some cases, of the individuals who work in it. It should not automatically be necessary to set up a supervised area around every controlled area, as the requirements that apply within a designated controlled area may well be sufficient.
Classification of areas 3.85. As with controlled areas, the definitions of supervised areas are best based on operational experience and judgement, but again, use may be made of a dose rate to define the boundary. A reasonable objective would be to ensure that those workers exposed outside designated areas receive the same level of protection as if they were members of the public. This would imply the use of a dose rate based on an effective dose of 1 mSv in a year as one possible means of defining the outer boundary of a supervised area. The conditions in supervised areas should be such that employees are able to enter the area with a minimum number of formalities for radiation protection. Furthermore, it may be appropriate to make use of existing physical boundaries when defining supervised areas (see para. 3.81).
Classification of areas 3.86. Although it may be appropriate in many cases for the boundaries of supervised areas to be marked with caution signs, this may not always be necessary or productive. For example, it may be necessary to designate supervised areas in parts of hospitals to which members of the public might have access; signs at the entrances to such areas may cause unnecessary concern.
Local rules and supervision 3.87. As stated in para. 3.94(a) and (b) of GSR Part 3 [2], the management:
  • Shall establish in writing local rules and procedures that are necessary for protection and safety for workers and other persons;

  • Shall include in the local rules and procedures any relevant investigation level or authorized level, and the procedures to be followed in the event that any such level is exceeded”.

Local rules and supervision The management should ensure that work involving occupational exposure is adequately supervised and that the rules, procedures and measures for protection and safety are made known to those workers to whom they apply. The management should also take all reasonable steps to ensure that the rules, procedures and measures for protection and safety are observed.
Local rules and supervision 3.88. The local rules and procedures should correspond to the design and objectives of the facility concerned, and should be designed to aid in the optimization of protection and safety.
Local rules and supervision 3.89. The local rules and procedures should describe the organizational structures and the procedures to be followed in controlled areas and may include some, or all, of the provisions for various components of the radiation protection programme, such as the following:
  • Monitoring of exposures and contamination;

  • Engineered controls such as ventilation systems;

  • Use of personal protective equipment;

  • Personal hygiene;

  • Workers’ health surveillance;

  • Management of radioactive waste;

  • Environmental monitoring;

  • Management system;

  • Training;

  • Development of a safety culture;

  • Keeping of records;

  • Reporting;

  • Emergency preparedness and response, where appropriate.

Local rules and supervision 3.90. The local rules and procedures should be prominently displayed or should be readily available in the workplace.
Local rules and supervision 3.91. Workers should be given adequate training to enable them to comply with the local rules and procedures.
Local rules and supervision 3.92. The management should assign responsibility for the supervision of tasks. This supervision should be exercised to ensure that all the required measures for protection and safety have been followed during work time. In remote workplaces, such a responsibility should be assigned to the direct supervisor at the site of the work.
Personal protective equipment 3.93. When engineered and administrative controls are not sufficient to provide an optimized level of protection for the tasks to be performed, the management is required, in accordance with para. 3.95 of GSR Part 3 [2] to ensure that workers are provided with suitable and adequate personal protective equipment that has been maintained in proper condition and, if appropriate, tested at regular intervals. When measures for reduction of exposures by using personal protective equipment are being considered, account should be taken of any possible increased exposure due to delays or inconveniences caused by the use of the equipment. Workers should be trained in the use of such personal protective equipment prior to the start of the work. Further details on the use of personal protective equipment are given in paras 9.53–9.64.
Work planning and work permits 3.94. When work is to be conducted during which significant radiation levels or contamination levels might be encountered, or when the work is complex (involving several groups of workers and numerous activities), advance work planning is one of the most important means of achieving optimization of protection and safety. The radiation protection officer should take part in the planning of the work and should advise on the conditions under which work can be undertaken in controlled areas. Situations that warrant the use of detailed work plans and work permits are generally encountered in the nuclear industry, but may also be found in non-nuclear industries (e.g. in the maintenance or dismantling of accelerators). Additional guidance on the use of work planning for optimization at nuclear power plants has been published by the OECD Nuclear Energy Agency [20].
Work planning and work permits 3.95. Written procedures should be used as part of the work planning process, as appropriate and depending upon the type of facility or activity. Elements to be considered include the following:
  • Information from similar work completed previously;

  • Time for starting the work, its estimated duration and the human resources involved;

  • Maps of estimated dose rates;

  • Operational state of the plant (e.g. for a nuclear power plant, cold or hot shutdown, and operation at full or reduced power);

  • Other activities in the same area which could interfere with the work;

  • Preparation and assistance in operations (e.g. isolation of the process, scaffolding and insulation work);

  • Protective clothing and tools to be used;

  • Communication necessary to ensure supervisory control and coordination;

  • Management of any radioactive waste arising from the work;

  • Coordination with protective measures for conventional safety.

Work planning and work permits 3.96. For each task that needs special radiological precautions to be taken, a radiation work permit should normally be prepared. The radiation work permit is issued by the persons in charge of the planning of the operations, in collaboration with the radiation protection officer. A copy of the radiation work permit should be provided to the supervisor of the work and should remain with the working team during the performance of the work. In addition to a description of the work to be performed, the radiation work permit can include:
  • A detailed dose rate map of the working area and possible hot spots, produced from a survey made prior to the work or otherwise estimated;

  • An estimate of contamination levels and how they could change during the course of the work;

  • Specification of any additional workplace monitoring of radiation levels to be carried out before or during the work;

  • An estimate of individual exposure and collective exposure for each work step;

  • Specification of any additional dosimeters to be used by workers;

  • Specification of personal protective equipment to be used in different phases of the work;

  • Details of any time restrictions or dose restrictions;

  • Instructions on when to contact the radiation protection officer.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures Objectives of monitoring
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.97. The general term ‘monitoring’ refers to a process that includes the making of measurements in relation to the assessment or control of exposure to radiation and exposure due to radioactive materials. Although measurements play a major part in any monitoring programme, monitoring is more than simply measurement; it requires interpretation and assessment. The primary justification for making a measurement should therefore be expressed in terms of the way in which it helps to achieve and demonstrate adequate protection and safety, including in the optimization process.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.98. A programme of monitoring may serve various purposes, depending on the nature and extent of the practice. These purposes can include the following:
  • Assessing the exposure of workers and demonstrating compliance with regulatory requirements.

  • Confirming the effectiveness of working practices (e.g. the adequacy of supervision and training) and engineering standards.

  • Determining the radiological conditions in the workplace, whether these are under adequate control and whether operational changes have improved or worsened the situation.

  • Evaluating and improving operating procedures from a review of the collected monitoring data for individuals and groups. Such data may be used to identify both good and bad features of operating procedures and design characteristics, and thereby contribute to the development of safer working practices in relation to radiation.

  • Providing information that can be used to enable workers to understand how, when and where they are exposed, and to motivate them to take steps to reduce their exposure.

  • Providing information for the evaluation of doses in the event of accidental exposures.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures Furthermore, monitoring data may be used for the purpose of risk–benefit analysis and to supplement medical records.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.99. Monitoring can provide important supplementary benefits in the fields of industrial relations or public relations (such as reassurance and motivation of the workforce) or of scientific investigation (such as data for epidemiological studies), or in providing information useful in the determination of liability in the event of the expression of adverse health effects in individual workers. These considerations may affect decisions about the nature and extent of monitoring programmes, but they do not in themselves provide the primary justification for a monitoring programme for protection and safety.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures Monitoring programme
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.100. The principal responsibility for setting up a monitoring programme rests with the management. The monitoring programme should be designed in consultation with an appropriate qualified expert on the basis of the prior radiological evaluation discussed in paras 3.53–3.59, with due account being taken of regulatory requirements.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.101. Monitoring programmes can be divided and subdivided into several different types. The first division relates to the objectives of the monitoring. At this level, four types of monitoring can be defined for the purposes of radiation protection:
  • Routine monitoring is associated with continuing operations and is intended to meet regulatory requirements and to demonstrate that the working conditions, including the levels of individual dose, remain satisfactory.

  • Special monitoring is investigative in nature and typically covers a situation in the workplace for which insufficient information is available to demonstrate adequate control. It is intended to provide detailed information to elucidate any problems and to define future procedures. It should normally be undertaken at the commissioning stage of new facilities, or following major modifications to facilities or procedures, or when operations are being carried out under abnormal circumstances, such as an accident.

  • Confirmatory monitoring is performed where there is a need to check assumptions made about exposure conditions (e.g. to confirm the effectiveness of protective measures).

  • Task related monitoring applies to a specific operation. It provides data to support the immediate decisions on the management of the operation. It may also support the optimization of protection.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.102. Each of these types of monitoring programme can be subdivided on the basis of the location of the monitoring:
  • Individual monitoring comprises measurements made using equipment worn by individual workers, or measurements of quantities of radioactive substances in or on their bodies, and the interpretation of such measurements.

  • Workplace monitoring comprises measurements made in the working environment and the interpretation of such measurements.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.103. Individual monitoring can be further subdivided into monitoring for external exposure, for internal exposure and for skin contamination. Workplace monitoring can be further subdivided into monitoring for external radiation, for air contamination and for surface contamination. The details of the programmes will be influenced by factors such as the type and energy of the radiation and the radionuclides involved (see Section 7).
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.104. The programme design should reflect the objectives of the monitoring programme, and these should be clearly specified and recorded. The design should include the basis for the interpretation of the monitoring results and how this relates to the objectives of the programme, and this basis should be recorded. A distinction should be made in the programme between monitoring for the purpose of controlling operations and monitoring for the formal assessment of exposure to meet regulatory requirements.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.105. The equipment to be used in the monitoring programme should be suitable for the types of radiation and the forms of radioactive material encountered in the workplace. The equipment should be calibrated to meet appropriate standards. More detailed guidance, including guidance on the provision of approved dosimetry services, is presented in Section 7. Guidance on the management system for dosimetry service providers is given in Section 8.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.106. The design and implementation of a monitoring programme should conform to the quality assurance requirements embodied in the management system to ensure that procedures are established and followed correctly and to ensure that records are promptly compiled and correctly maintained. The design of the monitoring programme should indicate the records that should be kept, and the associated procedures for keeping and discarding records. All of these aspects should be reviewed regularly, at predetermined intervals or following any major change in operations of the installation or in regulatory requirements. The purpose of such reviews should be to ensure that the monitoring effort (type, frequency and extent) is appropriately employed. The information should also be used to identify both good and bad features of operating procedures, and both good and bad design characteristics.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures Individual monitoring
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.107. The need for, and appropriateness of, individual monitoring of workers will depend on factors such as the following:
  • The amount of radioactive material present and the radionuclides involved;

  • The physical and chemical form of the radioactive material;

  • The type of containment used;

  • The operations performed;

  • The expected levels and likely variations in the doses or intakes;

  • The complexity of the measurement procedures and interpretation procedures of the measurement programme;

  • The general working conditions.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures For example, workers involved in the handling of sealed sources (or dispersible sources that are in closed containers with or without shielding) may need to be monitored for external exposure but not for internal exposure. Conversely, workers handling radionuclides such as 3H, 125I or 239Pu may need to be monitored for internal exposure but not for external exposure.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.108. The need for individual monitoring is likely to be greater in the early stages of an operation. As experience in the workplace is accumulated, the need for routine individual monitoring can be kept under review to decide on the need for continuation of individual monitoring or whether workplace monitoring is sufficient for radiation protection purposes. In determining the necessity for individual monitoring, consideration should also be given to the potential for accidental exposures.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.109. For work involving internal exposure, the decision to register a worker in an individual monitoring programme should be based on the likelihood of an intake of radionuclides in excess of a predetermined level. If operational procedures need to be set up to prevent or reduce the possibility of an intake, a controlled area should, in general, be established. Individual monitoring for intakes of radionuclides should be used routinely only for workers who are employed in areas that are designated as controlled areas specifically in relation to the control of contamination and in which there are grounds for expecting significant intakes. If experience has shown that it is unlikely that committed effective doses from occupational exposure due to annual intakes of radionuclides would exceed 1 mSv, then individual monitoring may be unnecessary, but workplace monitoring should be undertaken. The following activities are examples of those for which routine individual monitoring for internal exposure should be considered:
  • The handling of large quantities of gaseous or volatile materials, for example of tritium and its compounds in large scale production processes, in heavy water reactors and in manufacturing of gaseous light sources;

  • The processing of plutonium and other transuranic elements;

  • The maintenance of reactor facilities, which can lead to exposure due to fission products and activation products;

  • The bulk production of radioisotopes;

  • The production and handling of large quantities of radiopharmaceuticals, such as 18F for diagnostics by positron emission tomography or 131I for therapy;

  • The mining of high grade uranium ores, processing of uranium mineral concentrates and production of nuclear fuel;

  • The processing of mineral concentrates, such as monazite that is rich in thorium, and the production of products containing thorium.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.110. To obtain the necessary accuracy and precision, individual dosimetry should be performed, whenever possible, by an approved dosimetry service. The regulatory body should give consideration to the establishment of a national accreditation procedure as a basis for the approval of dosimetry services. The management system for dosimetry service providers is discussed in Section 8.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.111. For visitors making short and infrequent visits to controlled areas, individual monitoring may be performed but is not necessarily required. However, a record of the radiological conditions in the controlled areas visited (e.g. data from workplace monitoring or from individual monitoring of the visitors’ escort) and the length of time spent in these areas during the visits should be retained.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures Workplace monitoring
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.112. The requirements for workplace monitoring are set out in paras 3.96–3.98 of GSR Part 3 [2], which state that:
Monitoring and assessment of exposures “3.96. Registrants and licensees, in cooperation with employers where appropriate, shall establish, maintain and keep under review a programme for workplace monitoring under the supervision of a radiation protection officer or qualified expert.
  • Shall be sufficient to enable: (i) Evaluation of the radiological conditions in all workplaces; (ii) Assessment of exposures in controlled areas and supervised areas; (iii) Review of the classification of controlled areas and supervised areas.

  • Shall be based on dose rate, activity concentration in air and surface contamination, and their expected fluctuations, and on the likelihood and magnitude of exposures in anticipated operational occurrences and accident conditions.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.113. The programmes for monitoring the workplace should specify: (a) The quantities to be measured; (b) Where and when the measurements are to be made, and at what frequency; (c) The most appropriate methods and procedures for measurement; (d) Investigation levels and the actions to be taken if they are exceeded.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.114. The results and findings of workplace monitoring should be recorded and should be made available to the management and to workers through their representatives, where appropriate. This information should be used in support of pre-job and post-job evaluations, work planning, control of contamination and management of radiological control operations. Significant changes in monitoring results should be identified and trends should be analysed periodically. Corrective actions should be taken as necessary. Data should be recorded that:
  • Demonstrate compliance with regulations;

  • Identify significant changes to the working environment;

  • Give details of radiation surveys, for example date, time, location, dose rate, airborne activity concentration, instruments used, surveyor or other comments;

  • Give details of any reports received about the workplace, whereby compliance with relevant requirements could be adversely affected;

  • Give details of any appropriate actions taken.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.115. Particular attention should be given in the selection and use of instruments to ensure that their performance characteristics are appropriate for the specific workplace monitoring situation. Guidance on considerations relating to the acquisition, use, maintenance and testing of workplace monitoring instruments is given in Section 7.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures Assessment of exposure
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.116. Specific requirements for the assessment of occupational exposure are set out in paras 3.99–3.102 of GSR Part 3 [2], which state that:
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.117. An assessment of the exposure of individual workers in normal and foreseeable abnormal conditions should be considered if, for any single component of the exposure (e.g. strongly penetrating photon irradiation, neutron irradiation or internal exposure), the corresponding annual effective dose is expected to exceed 1 mSv. Consideration should also be given to the likelihood and possible magnitude of potential exposures.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.118. In general, when the magnitude or variability of the exposure is likely to be significant, an individual worker’s radiation exposure should be assessed from the results of individual monitoring. There are occasions, particularly in the assessment of internal exposure, when this may not be feasible or practicable and reliance should be placed on workplace monitoring. Where this is the case, the monitoring programme should provide detailed information on the worker’s movements and on the temporal and spatial variations in air concentrations in the worker’s immediate environment. Where possible, site specific data on characterization of the workplace should be used rather than default values.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.119. For work involving risk of internal exposure, a level of activity concentration in air or intake of activity into the body may need to be established to be used as an indication of whether there is the potential for a significant individual exposure. In the derivation of such a level, the particular radioactive materials and exposure pathways of the relevant workplace should be taken into account to the extent possible. If the level is exceeded, additional direct measurements of the individual’s internal exposure may be necessary. This may also be desirable if there is any doubt as to whether the assessed exposure for the specific workplace conditions is sufficiently accurate.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.120. For any assessment of occupational exposure, the accuracy of the particular monitoring procedures or devices used to determine external and internal exposure should be evaluated. The objective should be to establish as comprehensive a record as is reasonable of credible, formally assessed exposures. Account should be taken of the factors affecting the accuracy of the assessment. The accuracy criteria for measurements and their interpretation should be defined, and reasonable and appropriate measures to quantify and minimize uncertainties should be taken.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.121. More detailed guidance on assessment of exposure is provided in Section 7.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures Investigation levels
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.122. Experience with a particular situation sometimes indicates a need to review procedures and performance. This experience can be qualitative (e.g. the observation that the frequency of occurrence of minor contamination may have increased) or quantitative (e.g. a trend in the results of monitoring programmes). The use of quantitative experience can be helped by the application of investigation levels to the monitoring results for individuals and workplaces. An investigation level is defined as the “value of a quantity such as effective dose, intake or contamination per unit area or volume at or above which an investigation would be conducted” [2].
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.123. Investigation levels play an important role in monitoring programmes as tools for use by the management. Investigation levels should be defined at the planning stage of activities and may be revised on the basis of operational experience. The regulatory body may also wish to establish, for regulatory purposes, a generic investigation level in terms of individual exposure. Investigation levels can be set in terms of virtually any measurable quantity relating to the individual or the working environment. They should be defined by the management in the radiation protection programme, their purpose being to facilitate the control of operations and exposures.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.124. Investigation levels should be used in a retrospective sense only and should not be confused with dose constraints. If an investigation level is exceeded, a review should be initiated to determine the causes, and to consider the arrangements for protection and safety, and the reasons for the value being exceeded. Such a review may lead to the introduction of additional measures for protection and safety. The review should have the objectives of learning lessons that may be appropriate for any future operations and determining whether additional measures are necessary to improve the current arrangements for protection and safety.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.125. Investigation levels should be set by the management on the basis of a knowledge of the conditions in the workplace, the expected levels and variability of the quantities being determined (e.g. effective dose and intake), and the type and frequency of monitoring. The value of the investigation level should also be consistent with the objectives of the monitoring programme and with the type of investigation that will be initiated. The value of an investigation level may be based on a selected fraction of the relevant dose limit, and it should correspond to the period of time to which the individual monitoring result refers. For instance, an investigation level for a routine operation with routine monitoring may be set on the basis of a committed effective dose of 5 mSv from intakes over the course of a year. For N monitoring periods per year, the investigation level ILj (in becquerels) for the intake of radionuclide j in a given monitoring period would be given by:
Monitoring and assessment of exposures ILj=0.005N·e(g)j(19)
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.126. A level may be set for individuals involved in a particular operation, or may be derived specifically for individuals within a place of work without reference to a particular operation. The latter situation is particularly relevant when individuals are exposed to a number of different sources in a workplace or are involved in a number of different tasks at work.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.127. The management should identify those persons responsible for initiating investigations when they are required. The purpose of, and the actions associated with, each investigation level should be clearly defined in advance. The investigation should address:
  • The circumstances leading to the suspected exposure;

  • Verification of the dosimetric results;

  • The probability that dose limits or levels will be exceeded under current working conditions;

  • Corrective actions to be taken.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.128. Workplace monitoring may involve the measurement of dose rates, contamination levels, airborne activity concentrations or a combination thereof. Investigation levels for workplace monitoring should be set by the management on the basis of the expected levels and operational experience. A value of surface contamination (activity per unit area) derived from a fraction of the relevant dose limit may be useful in indicating the significance of particular measurements, and could, therefore, be used as an investigation level to indicate a deterioration in the radiological conditions in the workplace.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures Recording levels
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.129. During the routine monitoring of the workplace or of individuals, a large amount of data will be generated that may have little quantitative significance in terms of converting them into effective (or equivalent) dose. A recording level is a level of dose, exposure or intake specified by the regulatory body at, or above, which values of dose to, exposure of, or intake by workers are to be entered into their individual exposure records (see para. 3.105(b) of GSR Part 3 [2]). For instance, the recording level for an intake of a radionuclide could be set to correspond to a committed effective dose of 1 mSv from intakes over the course of a year. Thus, for N monitoring periods per year, the recording level RLj (in becquerels) for intake of radionuclide j in a given monitoring period would be given by:
Monitoring and assessment of exposures RLj=0.001N·e(g)j(20)
Monitoring and assessment of exposures In cases of exposure of workers to radiation of more than one type or to multiple radionuclides, the contributions of each type of radiation or each radionuclide should be taken into account in selecting the recording level for each contribution to the dose, exposure or intake. In the case of individual monitoring for external exposure, the minimum level of detection is usually used as the recording level.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.130. For the assessment of internal dose, if the dose or intake is below the recording level, the measurement result should always be maintained in the dose record for the workplace and/or the individual.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures Derived investigation and recording levels
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.131. It may be convenient to express investigation levels and recording levels in terms of the quantities actually measured (i.e. radionuclide activities measured in the body or in excretion samples). These are termed derived investigation levels (DILs) and derived recording levels (DRLs), respectively. They are the measurement values that correspond to the investigation levels or recording levels for parameters such as committed effective dose or radionuclide intake. For intakes of radionuclides, DILs and DRLs are calculated separately for each radionuclide, are specific to the physical and chemical form of the radionuclide in the workplace, and are a function of the period of time between the time of intake and the time of measurement. For the examples given in Eqs (19) and (20):
Monitoring and assessment of exposures DILj=0.005N·e(g)jm(t0)j(21)
Monitoring and assessment of exposures Records of occupational exposure
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.132. Record keeping is an essential part of the individual monitoring process, as indicated in paras 3.103 and 3.106 of GSR Part 3 [2], which state that:
  • Shall provide workers with access to records of their own occupational exposure;

  • Shall provide the supervisor of the programme for workers’ health surveillance, the regulatory body and the relevant employer with access to workers’ records of occupational exposure;

  • Shall facilitate the provision of copies of workers’ exposure records to new employers when workers change employment;

  • Shall make arrangements for the retention of exposure records for former workers by the employer, registrant or licensee, as appropriate;

  • Shall, in complying with (a)–(d) above, give due care and attention to maintaining the confidentiality of records.

Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.133. The management should establish a procedure that indicates how monitoring data and results are to be reported, which dose levels are to be recorded, and which documents and records of occupational exposure are to be maintained. In general, the dosimetry service provider has limited direct contact with workers and the facility management. Monitoring results are, however, often used by the management to advise personnel with responsibilities for operational radiation protection as to when intervention with workers, such as follow-up sampling or restriction of work, is necessary. Consequently, close cooperation is necessary between those involved in different parts of the monitoring programmes and the protection programmes.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.134. Records of individual occupational exposure should include any assessed equivalent doses or intakes, including the dose to the skin and to the lens of the eye, as appropriate. Details of any involvement in abnormal events should be included, even if no estimates of exposure could be made. Records referencing the objectives, monitoring methods and models used for data analysis and interpretation should be retained, because these may be needed for future interpretation of the records of occupational exposure. Traceability of the measurements and of assessments of exposure is essential.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.135. The monitoring programme should specify the periods over which monitoring and assessment of exposure are carried out, these being related to the dosimeter processing or sampling programme. Records of occupational exposure for individual workers such that the exposures assessed for these periods are separately identifiable should be constructed.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.136. Records of occupational exposure should be kept up to date, and procedures should be established to ensure that assessments of exposure from any monitoring period are incorporated promptly into the individual’s exposure record.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.137. Recording systems need to be capable of producing information on the assessment of occupational exposure for any reporting period defined in the radiation protection programme or required by the regulatory body. If a worker changes employment, records of occupational exposure should be promptly updated and completed.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.138. The dose records should be easily retrievable and should be protected against loss. Such protection is usually obtained by maintaining duplicate sets of records in well separated locations, so that both copies cannot be destroyed in a single incident. Records should be consolidated for each monitored individual; should be complete and accurate; should be identified by site, purpose, date and originator; and should be legible and intelligible to a qualified person. Consideration should be given to any applicable national requirements or international agreements concerning the privacy of individual data records.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.139. If employers, registrants and licensees cease to conduct activities in which workers are subject to occupational exposure, they should make arrangements for the retention of workers’ records of occupational exposure by the regulatory body or by a State registry, or by a relevant employer, registrant or licensee, as appropriate.
Monitoring and assessment of exposures 3.140. More detailed guidance on records of occupational exposure is given in Section 7.
Information, instruction and training 3.141. Paragraph 3.110 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
  • Shall provide all workers with adequate information on health risks due to their occupational exposure in normal operation, anticipated operational occurrences and accident conditions, adequate instruction and training and periodic retraining in protection and safety, and adequate information on the significance of their actions for protection and safety;

  • Shall provide those workers who could be involved in or affected by the response to an emergency with appropriate information, and adequate instruction and training and periodic retraining, for protection and safety;

  • Shall maintain records of the training provided to individual workers.”

Information, instruction and training 3.142. It is the management’s responsibility to ensure that workers who may be occupationally exposed to radiation and persons with assigned responsibilities in the radiation protection programme receive general information on, and training in, radiation protection. This should include training of workers’ representatives and members of relevant safety committees, where appropriate.
Information, instruction and training 3.143. Senior management should be trained in the risks associated with radiation, the basic principles of protection and safety, their main responsibilities regarding the management of radiation risks and the principal elements of the radiation protection programme.
Information, instruction and training 3.144. Training for those workers directly involved in work with radiation sources should include relevant information, presented in the form of documents, lectures, applied training and on the job training that emphasizes procedures specific to the worker’s job assignment. Training for workers considered occupationally exposed should address topics at a level of detail commensurate with the workers’ job assignments and the potential hazard. The training should cover topics such as the following:
  • The main risks associated with ionizing radiation;

  • Basic quantities and units used in radiation protection;

  • Requirements for radiation protection (including optimization of protection and limitation of doses);

  • The fundamentals of practical radiation protection (e.g. use of personal protective equipment, shielding and behaviour in designated areas);

  • Specific task related issues;

  • Responsibility to advise a designated person immediately if any unforeseen occurrence involving increased radiation risk arises;

  • Where appropriate, actions that may need to be taken in the event of an accident.

Information, instruction and training 3.145. Where work involving significant exposure to radiation is to be undertaken, consideration should be given to the use of training on mock-ups or simulators to ensure that the work will proceed as smoothly as possible, that all unnecessary hazards will be avoided and that exposure periods will be minimized.
Information, instruction and training 3.146. Workers who might not be occupationally exposed but whose work may have an impact on the level of exposure of other workers or of members of the public (e.g. designers, engineers and planners) should be provided with appropriate information on the principles of protection and safety. They should also be trained in how to take account of requirements for protection and safety in their activities, so as to optimize the protection of other people.
Information, instruction and training 3.147. Individuals whose job assignments are incidental to the use of radiation, such as caretakers or security staff, and others who might spend brief periods in areas where exposure is possible should be given basic information on the hazards and on any preventive actions to be taken. For such individuals, there is a need only to include a brief discussion of items such as the use of time and distance to limit exposure, a qualitative discussion of the risks from the exposure that they may undergo, and specific directives regarding prohibited, required or recommended actions.
Information, instruction and training 3.148. The specific requirements of GSR Part 3 [2] in relation to female workers who might enter controlled areas or supervised areas are addressed in paras 6.2–6.20. The management should consider the possible need for further information and training in relation to any change of working conditions, so as to restrict exposure of the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant following a notification of pregnancy.
Information, instruction and training 3.149. Particular attention should be paid to contractors, including subcontractors and itinerant workers. Employers should cooperate to ensure that contractors, including subcontractors and itinerant workers, are provided with the necessary information and with appropriate training (see paras 6.73–6.76).
Information, instruction and training 3.150. Workers’ knowledge of the fundamentals of protection and safety, their level of training and their competence to perform their specified tasks safely should be evaluated, and should be determined to be adequate, prior to any unsupervised assignment. A process for the evaluation of workers’ knowledge, level of training and competence should be established by the management.
Information, instruction and training 3.151. Information and training programmes on protection and safety should be documented and approved at an appropriate level within the organization. Such programmes should be reviewed periodically to ensure that they remain up to date. Formal records of each worker’s training and testing should be maintained and retained for an appropriate period after cessation of employment. Periodic retraining should be provided to ensure that workers have the most up to date knowledge relevant to their work, and that they do not become complacent about workplace hazards. Retraining should also be undertaken when there are significant changes in policy or procedures. Training should be updated at regular intervals.
Information, instruction and training 3.152. Further guidance on education and training of workers is given in IAEA Safety Standards Series No. RS-G-1.4, Building Competence in Radiation Protection and the Safe Use of Radiation Sources [22].
Workers’ qualification and certification 3.153. Workers who require a significant level of expertise in a specific work area involving sealed sources, unsealed sources or radiation generators should be suitably qualified and, where appropriate, should be in possession of the relevant certification. Examples of such workers are diagnostic radiographers, operators of industrial radiography equipment and operators of master–slave manipulators in hot cells for radiation sources.
Workers’ qualification and certification 3.154. The regulatory body should provide guidance on requirements for qualification for each category of job. This guidance should address the minimum educational level, minimum training and retraining requirements, and minimum level of experience for each job category. In addition, the regulatory body should enforce requirements concerning the recognition of qualifications relating to certain duties and responsibilities, such as those of radiation protection officers. Alternatively, the regulatory body should review and approve, if appropriate, proposals made by the management with regard to training requirements.
Workers’ qualification and certification 3.155. Following the successful completion of the required training and the necessary period of work experience, the worker may be formally recognized as qualified. The recognition of such a qualification may be accorded by the employer, by the regulatory body or by a designated board, society, or professional or academic body.
Workers’ qualification and certification 3.156. It may be appropriate and convenient for the regulatory body to recognize certain training centres and courses for their quality and suitability. Such recognition can be formally conferred by the process of accreditation.
Audits and reviews 3.157. The radiation protection programme should be assessed on a regular basis. Audits and reviews of activities within the radiation protection programme should be scheduled on the basis of the status and importance of the activity. The management system (see paras 2.23–2.26) should include a process for such assessments to identify and correct administrative and management problems that could prevent the achievement of programme objectives. Audits and reviews should be conducted by persons who are technically competent to evaluate the processes and procedures being assessed, but who do not have any direct responsibility for those activities. These may be staff from other work areas within the organization, or there may be advantages in independent assessment by other organizations. The objective of such assessments is to enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of the radiation protection programme.
Audits and reviews 3.158. Audits and reviews should be performed in accordance with written procedures and checklists. They should be conducted when one or more of the following conditions apply:
  • When required by the regulatory body;

  • When a systematic independent assessment of the programme is considered necessary by the management;

  • Following the implementation of a new radiation protection programme or substantive elements of the radiation protection programme;

  • When significant changes are made to functional areas of the radiation protection programme, such as significant reorganization or procedural revision;

  • When necessary to verify implementation of previously identified corrective actions.

Applicability of the requirements for planned exposure situations 3.159. According to para. 3.4 of GSR Part 3 [2], occupational exposure due to natural sources is, in general, subject to the requirements for existing exposure situations (see Section 5). This is always the case when the exposure is due to “Radionuclides of natural origin, regardless of activity concentration, in commodities, including food, feed, drinking water, agricultural fertilizer and soil amendments, and construction materials, and residual radioactive material in the environment” (para. 5.1(c)(ii) of GSR Part 3 [2]). In the case of occupational exposure due to radionuclides of natural origin in materials other than these everyday commodities and due to radionuclides in residues in the environment (these ‘other’ materials being essentially materials from industrial processes), the applicable requirements depend on the radionuclide activity concentrations, as follows:
  • If, in any process material, the activity concentration of any radionuclide in the 238U decay series or the 232Th decay series exceeds 1 Bq/g, or if the activity concentration of 40K exceeds 10 Bq/g, the industrial activity is regarded as a practice and the requirements for planned exposure situations apply.

  • If, in every process material, the activity concentrations of all radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series are 1 Bq/g or less and the activity concentration of 40K is 10 Bq/g or less, the material is not regarded as naturally occurring radioactive material, the industrial activity is not regarded as a practice and the requirements for existing exposure situations apply.

Applicability of the requirements for planned exposure situations 3.160. The criteria in para. 3.159 represent (in order of magnitude terms) the upper bounds of the activity concentrations in normal soil [23], as illustrated in Fig. 3 for radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series. It is evident from Fig. 3 that many commercially exploited minerals contain activity concentrations of 238U and 232Th below 1 Bq/g and may not need to be regulated as naturally occurring radioactive material.
Applicability of the requirements for planned exposure situations 3.161. Exposure due to radon in the workplace is normally subject to the requirements for existing exposure situations. However, in terms of para. 3.4 of GSR Part 3 [2], the requirements for planned exposure situations apply to:
  • Exposure due to 222Rn, 220Rn and their progeny in workplaces in which occupational exposure due to other radionuclides in the 238U decay series or the 232Th decay series is controlled as a planned exposure situation;

  • Exposure due to 222Rn and its progeny in workplaces in which the annual average activity concentration of 222Rn in the air remains above the reference level (see paras 5.19–5.23).

Applicability of the requirements for planned exposure situations 3.162. As a result of the criteria given in paras 3.159 and 3.161, and with account taken of current published measurements of occupational exposure, the following industrial activities are, or may be, subject to the requirements for planned exposure situations [24]:
  • Mining and processing of uranium ore;

  • Extraction of rare earth elements [25];

  • Production and use of thorium and its compounds;

  • Production of niobium and ferro-niobium;

  • Mining of ores other than uranium ore;

  • Production of oil and gas [26];

  • Manufacture of titanium dioxide pigments [27];

  • Activities in the phosphate industry [28];

  • Activities in the zircon and zirconia industries [29];

  • Production of tin, copper, aluminium, zinc, lead, and iron and steel;

  • Combustion of coal;

  • Water treatment.

Graded approach 3.163. The graded approach to regulation should be adopted for industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material because of the following:
  • The economic importance of many industries involving naturally occurring radioactive material.

  • The large volumes of residues and process wastes that can be generated, and thus the limited options for their management.

  • The potentially high cost of regulation in relation to the reductions in exposure that can realistically be achieved when exposure levels and the associated radiation risks are already rather low.

  • The recognition that doses are always expected to be well below the threshold for deterministic health effects; in addition, there is never any real prospect of a radiological emergency.

Graded approach 3.164. In order to determine the optimum regulatory approach, the regulatory body should go beyond just establishing that the criteria in paras 3.159 and 3.161 are exceeded. It should consider, in addition, particular types of operation, process and material in more detail, including a prior radiological evaluation of possible exposures and consideration of the costs of regulation in relation to the benefits achievable.
Graded approach 3.165. In terms of the graded approach, the regulatory body should first determine whether exemption of the practice is the optimum regulatory option; experience has shown that this could well be the case for many industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material. For exposure due to naturally occurring radioactive material, the criterion for exemption without further consideration, as given in para. I.4 of GSR Part 3 [2], is a dose of the order of 1 mSv or less in a year. In deciding upon the optimum regulatory option (exemption, notification, registration or licensing), due account should be taken of the effect (and effectiveness) of existing controls that could reduce doses and that could already be in place as a result of other forms of regulation, such as occupational health and safety regulation, otherwise the dose may be significantly overestimated. The need for the highest level of the graded approach (licensing) for practices involving exposure due to naturally occurring radioactive material is likely to be limited to only those operations involving substantial quantities of material with very high radionuclide activity concentrations.
Graded approach 3.166. According to para. I.12(b) of GSR Part 3 [2], material (e.g. naturally occurring radioactive material residues) containing radionuclides of natural origin within an authorized practice can be cleared without further consideration from regulatory control provided that the activity concentration of each radionuclide in the 238U decay series or the 232Th decay series is 1 Bq/g or less and the activity concentration of 40K is 10 Bq/g or less.
Graded approach 3.167. Material that has been cleared from an authorized facility on account of its low radionuclide content could still give rise to non-radiological risks to humans and to the environment as a result of other constituents, such as heavy metals. Such material may, therefore, require ongoing control under the relevant regulations.
Prior radiological evaluation Exposure pathways
Prior radiological evaluation 3.168. When conducting a prior radiological evaluation of industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material, the exposure pathways to workers that are most likely to necessitate consideration are those involving external exposure to gamma radiation emitted from process material and internal exposure via the inhalation of radionuclides in dust, as follows:
  • The main radionuclides of natural origin contributing to gamma exposure are 214Pb and 214Bi from the 238U decay series, and 228Ac, 212Pb and 208Tl from the 232Th decay series. The highest gamma energy (2614 keV) is associated with 208Tl. Exposure to gamma radiation arises mainly from accumulations of mineral concentrates or residues. Dose rates are generally highest near process tanks, piping, filters and large stockpiles of material.

  • Airborne dust particles arise from the resuspension of contamination on floors and other surfaces, from releases from processing operations and from the conveying of minerals. For inhalation of such particles by workers in industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material, exposure due to radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series may be of concern for the purposes of radiation protection.

Prior radiological evaluation 3.169. Consideration of internal exposure via the inhalation of 222Rn emitted from process material — leading to exposure due to its short lived progeny — may be necessary in some activities involving minerals and raw materials (in terms of para. 3.161, such an exposure situation would not necessarily be considered a planned exposure situation). Exposure due to 220Rn and its progeny is not normally of concern because the half-life of 220Rn is much shorter than that of 222Rn. Attention should be given to 220Rn in certain workplaces involving minerals with a high 232Th content, such as monazite. In such workplaces, it is likely that the exposure would, in any case, be controlled as a planned exposure situation rather than as an existing exposure situation because of the need to control exposure due to other radionuclides in the 232Th decay series (see para. 3.161(a)).
Prior radiological evaluation 3.170. Internal exposure of workers via ingestion is unlikely to require consideration under normal operational circumstances.
Prior radiological evaluation Expected exposure levels
Prior radiological evaluation 3.171. Experience has shown that the annual effective doses received by workers in industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material are often low, even when the concentrations of radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series are significantly higher than 1 Bq/g. The prior radiological evaluation should therefore be conducted in such a way as to identify quickly which exposure pathways are of significant concern for protection and safety, as opposed to those of minimal concern. For exposure to gamma radiation and exposure due to airborne dust, it is possible to establish an indication in broad terms of the dose to be expected if there is knowledge of the activity concentrations in the various process materials. A methodology for this, which makes use of the underlying linear relationship between dose and activity concentration, is described in Appendix I.
Prior radiological evaluation 3.172. In the vast majority of workplaces, 222Rn concentrations are similar to normal indoor levels or can be reduced to such levels by means of improved ventilation, in accordance with the requirements for existing exposure situations (see Section 5). In terms of para. 3.161(a), exposure due to 222Rn in workplaces involving naturally occurring radioactive material could become subject to the requirements for planned exposure situations because of the need to control (as a planned exposure situation) exposure due to other radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series. Even in these workplaces, 222Rn concentrations are still generally close to normal indoor levels because any 222Rn released from minerals with elevated 226Ra concentrations can be readily diluted by means of ventilation. Nevertheless, there are some workplaces with a potential for high 222Rn concentrations. Concentrations of 222Rn are high enough in some cases that, despite all reasonable efforts to reduce them, they remain above the reference level for 222Rn (see para. 5.60), thus becoming subject to control as a planned exposure situation in terms of para. 3.161(b). In all likelihood, such workplaces will be underground workplaces for which there may be limitations on the amount of ventilation possible and/or where there may be a significant release of 222Rn into the air from radium rich minerals (such as in underground uranium mines) or from radium rich water (such as in underground mines and groundwater treatment plants). Concentrations of 222Rn in the workplace tend to be highly variable and exposures are very difficult to predict by modelling. Where the possibility of significantly elevated concentrations of 222Rn is suspected, a 222Rn survey should be conducted in the workplace as part of the prior radiological evaluation in order to determine the extent to which measures for the control of exposure due to 222Rn might be necessary. This is irrespective of whether the exposure situation is eventually to be treated as a planned exposure situation or as an existing exposure situation.
Prior radiological evaluation 3.173. Since natural potassium contains 0.012% 40K, this radionuclide is widely present in minerals and raw materials. With a half-life of 1.25 billion years, 40K decays by beta emission to 40Ca (89%) and by electron capture to 40Ar (11%), with the emission of 1.46 MeV gamma radiation. In the body, 40K is homeostatically controlled and any excess is excreted. In the body of an adult, the potassium content is about 160 g. As it is generally accepted that it is not feasible to control 40K in the body, 40K is deemed to be not amenable to control and is excluded from the standards (see para. 1.42 of GSR Part 3 [2]). For purposes of protection and safety, the only possible concern is gamma emission from bulk quantities of material rich in potassium, such as some types of fertilizer. According to data presented in Ref. [24], the annual effective dose per unit activity concentration due to gamma radiation from 40K in potassium rich minerals is expected to be 0.02–0.03 mSv per Bq/g. The activity concentration is always less than 30.6 Bq/g, this being the activity concentration of 40K in pure potassium. The effective dose received by a worker exposed due to potassium rich minerals is therefore always expected to be less than 1 mSv in a year. In view of this, occupational exposure due to 40K in potassium rich minerals can generally be disregarded in any prior radiological evaluation.
Control of exposures of workers Exposure to gamma radiation
Control of exposures of workers 3.174. To minimize external exposure due to naturally occurring radioactive material, specific protection measures in the workplace, such as control of the occupancy period or even shielding, may sometimes be appropriate. Materials with relatively low activity concentrations give rise to modest gamma dose rates (typically no more than a few microsieverts per hour), even on contact. In such cases, discouraging and reducing access, for example by storing materials in mostly unoccupied areas, may be sufficient. In areas containing materials with relatively high activity concentrations, physical barriers and warning signs may be necessary.
Control of exposures of workers Exposure due to dust and other airborne contaminants
Control of exposures of workers 3.175. Exposure due to airborne dust is likely to be controlled in many workplaces through general occupational health and safety regulations. Control of the air quality for the purpose of minimizing levels of dust may also help to reduce concentrations of decay products of 222Rn and 220Rn. Therefore, the extent to which existing control measures for the purposes of occupational health and safety are effective in minimizing workers’ radiation exposure is something that the regulatory body should first establish before deciding to impose additional control measures for purely radiological reasons. In some workplaces, existing control measures for the purposes of occupational health and safety alone may provide sufficient protection against internal exposure. In other workplaces, additional control measures specifically for radiation protection purposes may become necessary for achieving compliance with the requirements that apply for planned exposure situations.
Control of exposures of workers 3.176. Many workplaces involving exposure due to naturally occurring radioactive material are inherently dusty. Such workplaces include mining areas, ore crushing areas, and product handling and packaging areas. In such workplaces, in particular those that are not open to the atmosphere, ventilation systems are generally crucial for the control of airborne dust. Ventilation systems may also be crucial for the control of 222Rn and its progeny, as well as non-radiological airborne contaminants; in underground mines, these non-radiological contaminants can include methane gas and blasting fumes. The design of ventilation systems for underground mines should be an integral part of overall planning and development of the mine. Where possible, the buildup of 222Rn in underground workplaces should be minimized by avoiding the passage of fresh air through mined out areas and by achieving a ‘one pass’ system. Air velocities should be high enough to dilute the airborne contaminants but not so high as to cause settled dust to be resuspended. Areas from where the supply of air is drawn should be well separated from the areas where the exhaust air is discharged to avoid mixing of the two air streams. It is preferable to operate the primary ventilation system continuously to avoid the buildup of activity in work areas. Access by workers to any non-ventilated areas should be prevented unless such workers are specially authorized and adequately protected. Placing fixed workstations in return airways should be avoided. Where this is not possible, operator booths with a filtered air supply should be provided.
Control of exposures of workers 3.177. In facilities that have a high potential for exposure due to airborne dust, 222Rn or other airborne contaminants, the employer should ensure that the services of a suitably qualified ventilation officer are employed. The ventilation officer should have the following responsibilities:
  • Advising management on all matters relating to ventilation and air purification systems;

  • Ensuring the proper operation of the ventilation systems (including auxiliary ventilation systems, which may be prone to rapid deterioration in underground mines), initiating any necessary modifications and ensuring that any deficiencies are promptly addressed;

  • Ensuring that air flows and velocities are measured in accordance with good ventilation practice;

  • Ensuring that properly calibrated instruments are used;

  • Conducting programmes for sampling and control of dust, in conjunction with the radiation protection officer;

  • Participating in training programmes and developing or approving all training material on ventilation and control of dust;

  • Being familiar with the properties of 222Rn, 220Rn and their progeny, where applicable.

Control of exposures of workers 3.178. Complete containment of material is often impractical, especially where large quantities of materials of low activity concentration are involved. However, spills and the spread of materials outside the area are often of no radiological significance unless significant and persistent levels of airborne dust result. Prevention of resuspension of dust is therefore likely to be the most effective approach. The control of surface contamination may be difficult and impractical, and specific measures to control surface contamination only become meaningful where materials with higher activity concentrations are present. Nevertheless, even where the materials being handled have a low activity concentration, good industrial practice should always be followed, including the establishment of appropriate rules and working procedures (i.e. the use of vacuum cleaning) to ensure that resuspension of dust is adequately controlled. Measures to encourage good general housekeeping, spillage control and personal hygiene should be established and should be kept under review.
Control of exposures of workers 3.179. In situations where the radionuclide activity concentrations in the materials being handled are moderate, it should be recognized that the silica content of the airborne dust is likely to be of greater concern on grounds of occupational health than its radionuclide content.
Awareness and training of workers 3.180. Many industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material are not automatically associated with exposure to radiation. The introduction of local rules, and an understanding of the precautions embodied in such rules, should be supported by the awareness and training of workers. Work practices of individual employees may exacerbate dust generation and, in some cases, may completely negate the effects of any engineered controls installed. There may be deficiencies in the way in which tasks for equipment maintenance are undertaken, implying the need for periodic review to determine whether improvements are possible.
Awareness and training of workers 3.181. Programmes of education and training of workers should include topics specific to industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material. Such topics should include, as appropriate:
  • The properties and hazards associated with radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series (including 222Rn and 220Rn, where relevant);

  • The application of the principles of time, distance and shielding to minimize exposure to gamma radiation near large accumulations of naturally occurring radioactive material, especially where activity concentrations are high;

  • The measurement of airborne activity in the form of dust, and 222Rn and its progeny;

  • The need for controlling and suppressing airborne dust, and the methods employed;

  • The functioning and purpose of the ventilation system, and its importance for protection and safety.

Awareness and training of workers 4.1. The requirements for protection and safety for workers in emergency exposure situations are set out in GSR Part 3 [2] and in IAEA Safety Standards Series No. GSR Part 7, Preparedness and Response for a Nuclear or Radiological Emergency [30].
Awareness and training of workers 4.2. There are four groups of workers who may be exposed in a nuclear or radiological emergency, owing either to their involvement in the emergency response or to the nuclear or radiological emergency at a facility or an activity itself:
  • Emergency workers who have specified duties;

  • Workers performing their duties in workplaces and not being involved in the response to a nuclear or radiological emergency;

  • Workers who are requested to stop performing their duties in workplaces and to leave the site;

  • Workers who are accidentally exposed as a result of an accident or other incident at a facility or during the conduct of an activity and whose exposure is not related to the emergency response.

Awareness and training of workers 4.3. These four groups are derived from considerations of a wide range of scenarios as well as different duties and responsibilities of workers in a facility or activity (such as designated emergency workers, administrative staff at the site and employees of nearby operational units). The duties of different workers in a nuclear or radiological emergency will differ and appropriate protection strategies should be applied to ensure adequate protection of all workers. Protection of emergency workers as specified in para. 4.2(a) should be provided in line with the requirements set out in GSR Part 3 [2] for emergency exposure situations and in GSR Part 7 [30]. Protection of workers grouped in para. 4.2(b) should be provided in the same way as for workers in planned exposure situations in line with the requirements set out in GSR Part 3 [2]. Protection of workers grouped in para. 4.2(c) should be provided in the same way as for members of the public in emergency exposure situations in line with the requirements set out in GSR Part 7 [30]. Protection of workers who are accidentally exposed (para. 4.2(d)) in connection with medical follow-up and treatment and dose assessment should be in line with GSR Part 3 [2] and GSR Part 7 [30].
Awareness and training of workers 4.4. Protection of helpers in an emergency (i.e. members of the public who willingly and voluntarily help in response to a nuclear or radiological emergency) is not specifically addressed in this Safety Guide. However, helpers in an emergency should be registered, should be integrated into the emergency response operations and should be provided with the same level of protection as for emergency workers not designated as such at the preparedness stage, in accordance with GSR Part 7 [30].
Awareness and training of workers 4.5. Arrangements for the protection of workers in a nuclear or radiological emergency should be included in the emergency plan that is prepared on the basis of the hazard assessment in accordance with GSR Part 7 [30]. The degree of planning should be commensurate with the nature and magnitude of the risks, and the feasibility of mitigating the consequences if an emergency were to occur.
Awareness and training of workers 4.6 With regard to the protection of emergency workers, the emergency plan should include the following:
  • The persons or organizations responsible for ensuring compliance with requirements for protection and safety for workers in a nuclear or radiological emergency, including those for controlling the exposure of emergency workers;

  • Specified roles and responsibilities of all workers involved in the response to a nuclear or radiological emergency;

  • Details of adequate protective actions to be taken, personal protective equipment and monitoring equipment to be used, and dosimetry arrangements;

  • Consideration of access control for workers in a nuclear or radiological emergency on the site.

Awareness and training of workers 4.7. The fundamental difference between members of the public and emergency workers in an emergency exposure situation is that members of the public could receive doses unless some action is taken to prevent it, whereas emergency workers will receive doses owing to specified duties assigned to them. Thus, to the extent possible, it is reasonable to continue to treat emergency workers’ exposures according to the requirements for planned exposure situations, in accordance with the graded approach, in particular in the later stages of the emergency. The exposure of emergency workers starts with the assignment to undertake a particular action and finishes with completion of the assigned task or declaration of termination of the emergency.
Awareness and training of workers 4.8. Protection of emergency workers should include, as a minimum:
  • Training of emergency workers designated as such in advance;

  • Providing instructions immediately before their use to those emergency workers not designated as such in advance8 on how to perform their specified duties under emergency conditions and on how to protect themselves (‘just in time training’);

  • Managing, controlling and recording the doses received;

  • Provision of appropriate, specialized personal protective equipment and monitoring equipment;

  • Provision of iodine thyroid blocking, where appropriate;

  • Medical follow-up and psychological counselling, as appropriate;

  • Obtaining the informed consent of emergency workers to perform specified duties, where appropriate.

Justification 4.9. At the preparedness stage, the protective actions and other response actions to be taken in a nuclear or radiological emergency should be justified. Due consideration should be given to the detriment associated with doses received by the emergency workers who take protective actions and other response actions. There should be a commitment to the justification process by all interested parties (the regulatory body, response organizations and others).
Optimization 4.10. At the preparedness stage, the process of optimization, including the use of reference levels, should be applied to the protection of workers. There should be a commitment to the optimization process by all interested parties (the regulatory body, response organizations and others).
Optimization 4.11. As part of the process of optimization, reference levels should be established. A reference level should represent the level of dose above which it is judged to be inappropriate to plan to allow exposures to occur and for which protective actions should therefore be planned and optimized. The doses to be compared with the reference levels are usually prospective doses (i.e. doses that might be received in the future, as it is only those future doses that can be influenced by decisions on protective actions). The reference levels are not intended as a form of retrospective dose limit.
Optimization 4.12. The initial phase of the response to a nuclear or radiological emergency is characterized by a lack of information about the event, a scarcity of materials for protective measures and the need for urgency in implementing protective actions. Therefore, there is little or no scope for applying the optimization process when managing the protection of emergency workers during this initial phase. Efforts should be aimed at reducing any exposures as far as practicable, with account taken of the difficult conditions of the evolving emergency.
Optimization 4.13. In taking protective actions during the late phase of a nuclear or radiological emergency and at the transition from an emergency exposure situation to an existing exposure situation, the optimization process should be applied to the protection of emergency workers in the same way as for the protection of workers in planned exposure situations.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.14. As the exposure of emergency workers is intentional and controlled, the dose limits for workers should be assumed to apply unless there are overriding reasons not to apply them. As stated in para. 4.15 of GSR Part 3 [2] (see also para. 5.55 of GSR Part 7 [30]):
  • For the purposes of saving life or preventing serious injury;

  • When undertaking actions to prevent severe deterministic effects and actions to prevent the development of catastrophic conditions that could significantly affect people and the environment; or

  • When undertaking actions to avert a large collective dose.”

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.15. Guidance values for restricting the exposure of emergency workers should be defined in accordance with the assigned task as provided in appendix I of GSR Part 7 [30] and reproduced in Table 2 of this Safety Guide. Where actions for the purposes of saving life are concerned, every effort should be made to keep individual doses of emergency workers below 500 mSv for exposure to external penetrating radiation, while other types of exposure should be prevented by all possible means. However, in estimating doses to emergency workers, the exposures via all pathways, external and internal, should be assessed and should be included in the total. The value of 500 mSv should be exceeded only under circumstances in which the expected benefits to others clearly outweigh the emergency worker’s own health risks, and in which the emergency worker volunteers to take the action and understands and accepts this health risk.
  • The dose from external exposure to strongly penetrating radiation for Hp(10). Doses from external exposure to weakly penetrating radiation and from intake or skin contamination need to be prevented by all possible means. If this is not feasible, the effective dose and the RBE weighted absorbed dose to a tissue or organ have to be limited to minimize the health risk to the individual in line with the risk associated with the guidance values given here.

  • The total effective dose E and the RBE weighted absorbed dose to a tissue or organ ADT via all exposure pathways (i.e. both dose from external exposure and committed dose from intakes) which are to be estimated as early as possible in order to enable any further exposure to be restricted as appropriate.

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.16. Regardless of the circumstances, response organizations and employers should make all reasonable efforts to keep the doses received by emergency workers below the thresholds for severe deterministic effects given in GSR Part 3 [2], GSR Part 7 [30] and GSG-2 [31].
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.17. When military personnel are designated as emergency workers, every effort should be made to ensure that they are protected in the same way as other emergency workers.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.18. In terms of para. 4.12 of GSR Part 3 [2], the government is required to establish a programme for managing, controlling and recording the doses received by emergency workers in a nuclear or radiological emergency. Response organizations and employers should implement this programme.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.19. The group of emergency workers specified in para. 4.2(a) can be further divided into three categories of emergency worker:
  • Category 1. Emergency workers undertaking mitigatory actions and urgent protective actions on the site, including lifesaving actions, actions to prevent serious injury, actions to prevent the development of catastrophic conditions that could significantly affect people and the environment, actions to prevent serious deterministic effects and actions to avert a large collective dose. Emergency workers in Category 1 are required to be designated as such at the preparedness stage. They are likely to be operating personnel at the facility or undertaking the activity, but they may be personnel from the emergency services. They are employed either by a registrant or licensee (operating organization) or by a response organization, and they should receive training in occupational radiation protection.

  • Category 2. Emergency workers undertaking urgent protective actions off the site (e.g. evacuation, sheltering and radiation monitoring) to avert a large collective dose. They are most likely to be police, firefighters, medical personnel, and drivers and crews of evacuation vehicles. Every effort should be made to designate emergency workers in Category 2 as such at preparedness stage. They are to have pre-specified duties in an emergency response and should receive training in occupational radiation protection on a regular basis as first responders. They are not normally considered to be occupationally exposed to radiation, and their employers are response organizations.

  • Category 3. Emergency workers undertaking early protective actions and other response actions off the site (e.g. relocation, decontamination and environmental monitoring) as well as other actions aimed at enabling the termination of the emergency. Emergency workers in Category 3 may or may not be designated as such at the preparedness stage. They may or may not normally be considered to be occupationally exposed to radiation, and they may or may not have received any relevant training, including training in radiation protection.

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.20. Any limit in the duration of work undertaken by emergency workers and any conditions on which they will conduct the work should be applied by planning the emergency work on the basis of guidance values of dose.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.21. Tasks should be assigned, depending on the category of emergency worker, as follows:
  • Category 1 emergency workers should carry out actions to save lives or prevent serious injury, actions to prevent severe deterministic effects and actions to prevent the development of catastrophic conditions that could significantly affect people and the environment.

  • Category 2 emergency workers should not be the first choice for taking lifesaving actions.

  • Category 1 and Category 2 emergency workers should carry out actions to avert a large collective dose.

  • Category 3 emergency workers should carry out those actions in which they will not receive a dose of more than 50 mSv9.

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.22. In almost all emergencies, at best only the dose from external penetrating radiation will be measured continuously. Consequently, the operational guidance provided to emergency workers should be based on measurements of penetrating radiation (e.g. as displayed on an active or self-reading dosimeter). Doses from intakes, skin contamination and exposure of the lens of the eye should be prevented by all possible means, for instance by the use of personal protective equipment, iodine thyroid blocking (where exposure due to radioactive iodine might be involved) and by the provision of instructions concerning operations in potentially hazardous radiological conditions. Such instructions should cover the application of time, distance and shielding principles, the prevention of ingestion of radionuclides and the use of respiratory protection. Available information about radiological conditions on the site should be used to aid decisions on the appropriate protection of emergency workers.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.23. Female workers who are aware or who suspect that they are pregnant or who are breast-feeding should be encouraged to notify their employer and they should typically be excluded from tasks in an emergency unless such tasks can be carried out within the requirements for occupational exposure set out in paras 3.114 and 4.15 of GSR Part 3 [2]. Female workers designated as emergency workers prior to an emergency and who are aware or who suspect that they are pregnant or who are breast-feeding during the emergency may volunteer to take emergency duties as long as para. I.4 of GSR Part 7 [30] is applied.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.24. Response organizations and employers are required to ensure that emergency workers who undertake actions in which the doses received might exceed 50 mSv (see para. 4.14 of this Safety Guide, para. 4.17 of GSR Part 3 [2] and para. 5.57 of GSR Part 7 [30]) do so voluntarily. Such emergency workers should be clearly and comprehensively informed in advance of the associated health risks, as well as of available protective measures, and they should be trained, to the extent possible, in the actions that they are required to take. The voluntary basis for response actions by emergency workers is usually covered in the emergency arrangements.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.25. Workers should not normally be precluded from incurring further occupational exposure because of doses received in an emergency.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.26. Response organizations and employers should take all reasonable steps to assess and record the exposures received by workers in an emergency. Once the total dose received by emergency workers via all exposure pathways (including the committed doses from intakes) has been estimated, the guidance provided in Table 2 for the effective dose and the RBE weighted absorbed dose to a tissue or organ should be used for restricting further exposure in response to a nuclear or radiological emergency. The doses from exposures of emergency workers in an emergency response and from exposures of workers who are accidentally exposed (see para. 4.2(d)) should, if possible, be recorded separately from those doses incurred during routine work, but should be noted in the workers’ records of occupational exposure.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.27. The degree of accuracy required for any assessment of exposure should increase with the level of exposure likely to have been received by the worker. Some pre-established guidance can help in the management of exposures of emergency workers in Category 1, expressed in terms of dose and directly measurable quantities such as dose rate or air concentration. The exposures of emergency workers should be monitored on an individual basis, by using means appropriate to the situation, such as direct reading dosimeters or alarm dosimeters.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.28. Records of occupational exposure should be generated and maintained in a simplified standard format by all response organizations and employers to avoid confusion. Information on the doses received and on the associated health risks should be communicated to the emergency workers involved.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.29. The guidance given in paras 7.222 and 7.223 may also be relevant for emergencies.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.30. Emergency workers and accidentally exposed employees should receive medical attention that is appropriate for the doses that they may have received (see paras 10.29–10.34). Screening based on equivalent doses to specific radiosensitive organs as a basis for medical follow-up and counselling should be provided if an emergency worker or an accidentally exposed employee has received an effective dose exceeding 100 mSv over a period of a month or if the worker so requests. Although an emergency worker or an accidentally exposed employee who receives doses in a nuclear or radiological emergency should normally not be precluded from incurring further occupational exposure, qualified medical advice should be obtained before allowing further occupational exposure where a person has received an effective dose exceeding 200 mSv. Such advice should also be made available at the request of the worker. Such qualified medical advice is intended to assess the continued health and fitness of the worker in line with GSR Part 3 [2] and GSR Part 7 [30].
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.31. A particular concern should be whether a worker has received a dose sufficient to cause severe deterministic effects. If the dose received by the worker exceeds the thresholds for severe deterministic effects specified in table IV.1 of GSR Part 3 [2] and table II.1 of GSR Part 7 [30], protective actions and other response actions should be taken in accordance with GSR Part 7 [30]. Such actions can include:
  • Performing an immediate medical examination, consultation and indicated treatment;

  • Carrying out control of contamination;

  • Carrying out immediate decorporation10 (if applicable);

  • Carrying out registration for longer term medical follow-up;

  • Providing comprehensive psychological counselling.

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 4.32. Additional information relating to the medical response in emergencies can be found in GSG-2 [31] and Refs [32, 33].
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.1. As stated in para. 5.1(a) of GSR Part 3 [2]:
  • Exposure due to contamination of areas by residual radioactive material deriving from:

    • (i) Past activities that were never subject to regulatory control or that were subject to regulatory control but not in accordance with the requirements of these Standards;

    • (ii) A nuclear or radiological emergency, after an emergency has been declared to be ended….”

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.2. The exposure referred to in para. 5.1 may be incurred directly from the residual radioactive material itself, or may be incurred indirectly from commodities that incorporate radionuclides arising from the residual radioactive material. Such commodities include food, feed, drinking water and construction materials. The radionuclides in the residual radioactive material may be radionuclides of artificial origin or radionuclides of natural origin.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.3. Contamination of areas can also arise from facilities and activities that are subject to regulatory control in terms of the requirements for planned exposure situations, as a result of authorized activities such as discharges, the management of radioactive waste and decommissioning. An exposure situation resulting from such contamination is controlled as part of the overall practice and is, therefore, a planned exposure situation and not an existing exposure situation.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.4. In terms of para. 5.1(c) of GSR Part 3 [2], the requirements for existing exposure situations also apply, in general, to exposure due to natural sources, where such exposure is not excluded from the scope of GSR Part 3 [2] (see para. 2.4 of this Safety Guide). Natural sources include:
  • Materials (in a natural or processed state) in which the radionuclides are essentially all of natural origin;

  • 222Rn and 220Rn, together with their progeny, as specified in para. 3.161;

  • Cosmic radiation.

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.5. Measures for preventing or reducing doses that might otherwise occur in an existing exposure situation may take the form of remedial actions or protective actions:
  • Remedial actions in an existing exposure situation involve removal of the source or reduction of its activity or amount. An example of a remedial action is the removal of residual radioactive material from a contaminated site.

  • Protective actions in an existing exposure situation involve measures that act on the exposure pathways rather than on the source itself. Examples of protective actions are the control of access to a contaminated site and restrictions on the use of contaminated water for drinking purposes.

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.6. Categories of exposure in existing exposure situations are occupational exposure and public exposure. In considering occupational exposure, two groups of exposed workers can be identified:
  • Workers who are exposed while carrying out remedial actions. The exposures of these workers may be increased as a direct result of their work (i.e. when such action involves the handling, transport or disposal of residual radioactive material).

  • Workers who are exposed in the existing exposure situation but who do not carry out any remedial action. The exposures of these workers might eventually be reduced as a result of remedial or protective actions.

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.7. The doses received in existing exposure situations are expected to be well below the threshold for deterministic health effects. Therefore, stochastic health effects are the only health effects of concern.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.8. According to paras 5.2 and 5.3 of GSR Part 3 [2], the government has certain responsibilities with regard to existing exposure situations. It is required to ensure that existing exposure situations are identified and evaluated to determine which exposures (including occupational exposures) are of concern from the point of view of radiation protection. It is also required to make provision in the legal and regulatory framework for the management of exposures of concern, including the assignment of responsibilities for protection and safety, the establishment of appropriate criteria for protection and safety in the form of reference levels (see paras 5.19–5.23) and the making of decisions on the reduction of exposures by means of remedial and/or protective actions.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.9. Where it is decided that exposures need to be reduced, appropriate protection strategies need to be established. Formal provision for the development and implementation of protection strategies is required to be made by the government in the legal and regulatory framework, including the following:
  • Specification of the general principles underlying the protection strategies;

  • Assignment of responsibilities for the development and implementation of the protection strategies to the regulatory body or other relevant authority (e.g. a health authority or an environmental protection agency)11 and to the parties involved in the implementation process;

  • Provision for the involvement of interested parties in the decision making process, as appropriate.

Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.10. In terms of the graded approach (see para. 2.20), the government, in conjunction with the regulatory body or other relevant authority identified in para. 5.9(b), should ensure that protection strategies for existing exposure situations are commensurate with the associated radiation risks.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.11. In terms of para. 5.4 of GSR Part 3 [2], the regulatory body or other relevant authority is required to ensure that the protection strategy for a particular existing exposure situation defines the objectives to be achieved and includes appropriate reference levels (see paras 5.19–5.23).
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.12. Various remedial and protective actions will generally be available for achieving the objectives of the protection strategy for a particular existing exposure situation. In terms of para. 5.5 of GSR Part 3 [2], the regulatory body or other relevant authority, in implementing the protection strategy, is required to make arrangements for these remedial actions and protective actions to be evaluated. This evaluation will include an evaluation of the effectiveness of those actions eventually planned and implemented.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.13. The regulatory body or other relevant authority, in implementing the protection strategy, is required to ensure that information is available to exposed individuals on the potential health risks associated with the exposure and on the means available for reducing their exposures and associated risks.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.14. The regulatory body or other relevant authority should establish the protection strategy for a particular existing exposure situation in accordance with the principle of justification. This means that only those remedial actions and/or protective actions that are expected to yield sufficient benefits to outweigh the detriments associated with taking them, including detriments in the form of radiation risks, the costs of such actions and any harm or damage caused by the actions, should be considered for inclusion in the protection strategy.
Restricting exposure of emergency workers 5.15. The detriments in the form of radiation risks to be considered in the justification process should include exposures of workers engaged in taking any remedial actions.
General approach 5.16. The regulatory body or other relevant authority and other parties responsible for the establishment of a protection strategy should ensure that the form, scale and duration of remedial and protective actions are optimized (i.e. they will provide the maximum net benefit, in that all exposures are controlled to levels that are as low as reasonably achievable, economic, societal and environmental factors being taken into account). The implementation of the optimized protection strategy will not necessarily result in the greatest reduction in dose, since dose reduction is only one of several attributes considered in the optimization process.
General approach 5.17. As in the case of the justification process (see paras 5.14 and 5.15), the detriments in the form of radiation risks to be considered in the optimization process should include the exposures of workers engaged in any remedial actions.
General approach 5.18. Optimization of protection in an existing exposure situation is achieved by:
  • An evaluation of the exposure situation, including any potential exposure;

  • Identification of the possible protection options expressed in terms of justified remedial actions and/or protective actions;

  • Selection of the best option under the prevailing circumstances;

  • Implementation of the selected option.

Reference levels 5.19. A reference level should be used in the optimization process. It represents a level of dose above which it is judged to be inappropriate to plan to allow exposures to occur. In considering the various possible remedial actions and protective actions, a reference level serves as an upper bound on the range of options considered; this will ensure that the optimized protection strategy will be aimed at reducing doses to some value below the reference level.
Reference levels 5.20. A reference level also serves as a tool for prioritizing the implementation of remedial actions and protective actions. When an existing exposure situation has been found, actual exposures could be above or below the reference level. While the process of optimization is intended to provide optimized protection for all exposed individuals, priority should be given to those groups receiving doses above the reference level by taking all reasonable steps to reduce those doses to below the reference level.
Reference levels 5.21. Reference levels are generally expressed in terms of annual effective dose to the representative person in the range of 1–20 mSv. However, reference levels for exposure due to radon are expressed in terms of annual average radon concentration in air.
Reference levels 5.22. A reference level for a particular existing exposure situation should be established by the government or by a regulatory body or other relevant authority acting on behalf of the government. The value should be chosen by taking into account all relevant factors, including:
  • The nature of the exposure and the practicability of reducing the exposure;

  • Societal implications;

  • National or regional factors;

  • Past experience in the management of similar situations;

  • International guidance and good practice elsewhere.

Reference levels 5.23. The regulatory body or other relevant authority should review reference levels periodically to ensure that they remain appropriate in the light of the prevailing circumstances.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.24. As stated in para. 5.6(a), workers carrying out remedial actions in connection with areas with contamination by residual radioactive material may be subjected to increased exposure as a result of activities such as the handling, transport or disposal of residual radioactive material. According to para. 5.26 of GSR Part 3 [2], the employers of such workers are required to ensure that exposures of the workers are controlled in accordance with the relevant requirements for planned exposure situations as established in section 3 of GSR Part 3 [2]. The guidance given in Section 3 of this Safety Guide is therefore applicable to such workers. The guidance given in paras 5.38, 5.39 and 5.42–5.44 is also relevant.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.25. As stated in para. 5.6(b), workers who are not carrying out remedial actions may nevertheless be exposed in an existing exposure situation as a result of exposure levels in their workplaces being affected by the residual radioactive material. Exposures of such workers are also subject to control, in the sense that such exposures may be reduced as a result of remedial actions. The requirements for protection and safety under which this control is exercised are the same as those for controlling exposures of members of the public in existing exposure situations. In essence, therefore, the exposures of such workers are controlled as though they were members of the public. Guidance on the reduction of exposures by remedial actions, together with any necessary post-remediation activities, is given in paras 5.28–5.44. More detailed guidance is given in IAEA Safety Standards Series No. WS-G-3.1, Remediation Process for Areas Affected by Past Activities and Accidents [34].
Protection strategies 5.26. In formulating protection strategies for areas with contamination by residual radioactive material, all areas with, or potentially with, contamination should be monitored or surveyed by the regulatory body or other relevant authority so that those areas requiring remedial actions and/or protective actions can be identified and appropriate reference levels can be specified. It will be necessary to involve a number of governmental and private organizations, and provision should be made for liaison between them and for their input to the process. Account should be taken of any possible effects on neighbouring States.
Protection strategies 5.27. The regulatory body or other relevant authority should establish safety criteria for the development and implementation of protection strategies, including criteria and methods for assessing the effectiveness of any remedial measures and criteria specifying conditions on the end points of the remediation.
Organizational arrangements for remedial actions 5.28. The organizational arrangements for remedial actions, funding mechanisms and roles and responsibilities, including the legal and regulatory framework, should be in accordance with the guidance provided in WS-G-3.1 [34].
Organizational arrangements for remedial actions Roles and responsibilities
Organizational arrangements for remedial actions 5.29. Since the remediation of an area with contamination can involve several entities that include individuals who may be unfamiliar with the requirements for radiation protection and safety, the roles and responsibilities of the different parties involved in the remediation process should be clearly defined in the legal and regulatory framework. In particular, responsibilities should be specified for the protection of workers in the planning and implementation of the remediation programme.
Organizational arrangements for remedial actions 5.30. Those persons or organizations responsible for providing adequate human resources, equipment and supporting infrastructure for occupational radiation protection in accomplishing the remediation should be clearly specified.
Organizational arrangements for remedial actions Regulatory considerations
Organizational arrangements for remedial actions 5.31. The legal and regulatory framework, supported where necessary by guidance material, should provide for adequate protection of individuals (including workers) and the environment when remediation is undertaken.
Organizational arrangements for remedial actions 5.32. Protective actions in the form of restrictions on the use of, or access to, the area should be considered before, during and, if necessary, after remediation. The basis for establishing such restrictions should be provided in the legal and regulatory framework.
Organizational arrangements for remedial actions 5.33. The regulatory process for situations of remediation involves more than just radiation protection. Other laws and regulations covering such matters as occupational health and safety, environmental protection, land management, and food and drinking water standards are likely to be administered by different governmental bodies. These other laws and regulations should be applied, as appropriate, to create a coherent regulatory approach.
Remediation programme 5.34. Remediation of an area with contamination involves the prior radiological evaluation of the situation, the preparation and approval of a remediation plan, the remediation work itself, and the management of radioactive waste arising from the remediation activities. In the prior radiological evaluation, the nature of the problem and the associated concerns in relation to radiation protection of workers should be appropriately characterized.
Remediation programme 5.35. As part of developing a remediation plan, the following aspects, among others, relevant to protection of workers should be considered:
  • Determining the nature and extent of the contamination;

  • Identifying exposure pathways for workers;

  • Assessing individual doses via all routes of exposure;

  • Evaluating health and safety issues during remediation work, including the use of appropriate personal protective equipment.

Remediation programme 5.36. The design of the site characterization survey is determined by the conditions in the area, the type and extent of on-site contamination and the available resources. It should be ensured that the most suitable instruments and sampling and measurement techniques are selected, and that proper attention is given to the calibration of instruments and the recording of data (see Section 7). Collection of data will most probably necessitate measurements of ambient gamma radiation as well as collection and measurement of samples of surface and subsurface soil, airborne radioactive material, water and biota.
Remediation programme 5.37. The remedial actions and protective actions that are to be implemented should be justified and optimized (see paras 5.14–5.23). Priority should be given to situations in which the applicable reference level is exceeded (see para. 5.20). Decisions on remedial actions and protective actions should be made with the involvement of the relevant parties concerned with the situation of contamination. Protection and safety considerations should take account of future generations as well as of the present generation, including workers.
Remediation programme 5.38. In the justification process, the positive attributes of remediation that should be taken into account include not only the eventual reductions in individual doses and collective doses, but also the expected reductions in anxiety among individuals, including workers. The negative attributes that should be taken into account include not only the direct financial costs of the remediation, but also the societal and economic costs, the health and environmental impacts of the remediation work (including the radiation risks to workers undertaking such work), and the disruptive effects of the remediation work on society. While the overall objective is to reduce the doses received by individuals, the remediation work itself might temporarily give rise to additional doses. Such additional doses should be justified on the basis of the resulting net benefit, including consideration of the consequent reduction of the annual dose.
Remediation programme 5.39. In the optimization process, remedial actions and protective actions should be optimized in accordance with the same general approach as that used for the optimization of protection in planned exposure situations (see paras 3.8–3.33), with the role of the reference level being, in some respects, equivalent to the role of the dose constraint in planned exposure situations. The optimum nature, scale and duration of remedial actions and protective actions should be selected from a set of justified options for remediation. In choosing the optimized remediation option, radiological impacts on individuals and on the environment should be considered together with non-radiological impacts, as well as technical, societal and economic factors. Factors relating to radioactive waste management should also be taken into account. These include the costs (including transport costs) of waste management, the radiation exposure of, and the health risks to, the workers managing the waste, and any subsequent exposure associated with disposal of the waste. In some cases, the outcome of the optimization process for remediation may be one in which the use of human habitats is subject to certain restrictions, in which case institutional controls to enforce those restrictions should be continued.
Remediation programme 5.40. The remediation plan should include a monitoring programme to ensure that all necessary information on radiological conditions is gathered before, during and after the remediation process. To ensure that the remediation programme is adequately documented, a system of record keeping should also form part of the remediation plan, and should include the following:
  • Descriptions of activities performed;

  • Data from monitoring and surveillance programmes;

  • Records of occupational health and safety for remediation workers;

  • Records of the types and quantities of radioactive waste generated and of its management;

  • Data from environmental monitoring;

  • Records of financial expenditures;

  • Records of the involvement of interested parties;

  • Records of any continuing responsibilities for the site;

  • Identification of locations that were remediated and those with residual contamination;

  • Specifications of any areas to which access remains restricted and the restrictions that apply;

  • Statements of any zoning or covenant restrictions or conditions;

  • Statements of lessons identified.

Remediation programme 5.41. Procedures should be established to ensure that any abnormal conditions relevant to protection and safety are reported to the regulatory body or other relevant authority. Individuals, including workers, should be kept informed and parties affected by the situation should be involved in the planning, implementation and verification of the remedial actions and of any post-remediation monitoring and surveillance. The remediation plan, supported by the prior radiological evaluation, should be submitted to the regulatory body or other relevant authority for approval. Its approval, depending on the circumstances, might involve the issue of an authorization in the form of a registration or licence, as might be required for a planned exposure situation (see para. 3.3).
Remediation programme Taking remedial actions
Remediation programme 5.42. Throughout the remedial actions, the responsible person or organization should take overall responsibility for protection and safety, even when contractors are used to perform specific tasks or functions. This overall responsibility includes responsibility for protection and safety in the transport, processing, storage and disposal of the radioactive waste arising from the remediation work. Carrying out (and submission to the regulatory body or other relevant authority for approval) a safety assessment and, where appropriate, an environmental assessment, as well as any follow-up assessments, forms part of this responsibility. As explained in para. 5.24, although the remedial actions are undertaken in an existing exposure situation, the exposure of workers undertaking the remediation work should be controlled in accordance with the relevant requirements for occupational exposure in planned exposure situations. This places various obligations on the employer of the workers, such as the following:
  • Preparing and applying appropriate protection and safety procedures;

  • Applying good engineering practice;

  • Ensuring that the staff are adequately trained, qualified and competent;

  • Ensuring that protection and safety is integrated into the overall management system.

Remediation programme 5.43. If the employer of the workers engaged in the remediation work is an outside contractor, the person or organization responsible for the remedial actions should cooperate with that employer, to the extent necessary, for compliance by both parties with the applicable requirements for protection and safety (see paras 6.21–6.100).
Remediation programme 5.44. During the remedial actions, the regulatory body or other relevant authority is responsible for verifying day to day compliance with regulatory requirements, including requirements for protection against occupational exposure. This verification of compliance involves carrying out regular inspections and a review of work procedures, monitoring programmes and monitoring results. There are also responsibilities associated with non-routine matters, including enforcement actions in the event of non-compliance; responses (where necessary) to reports of abnormal occurrences; and the review and approval of any changes to procedures, to equipment or to the remediation plan itself, when such changes may have significant implications in terms of radiological considerations for workers, the public or the environment.
Exposure pathways 5.45. Uranium occurs naturally in rocks and soil. The decay of 226Ra in the 238U decay series results in the production of the radon isotope 222Rn, an inert, naturally occurring radioactive gas with a half-life of 3.8 d. Some of this radon gas escapes to the air, while some dissolves in groundwater. The highest 222Rn concentrations in air are found in enclosed spaces, the levels of which depend on the rate of ingress and the level of ventilation. Exposure of individuals to 222Rn and its short lived progeny (218Po, 214Pb, 214Bi and 214Po) occurs mainly by breathing air, resulting in a dose to the lung. Only about 1% of the dose to the lung arises from 222Rn itself, because most of the inhaled gas is exhaled. The dose arises almost entirely from the short lived progeny, atoms of which attach themselves to condensation nuclei and dust particles present in the air. These particles, as well as unattached particles, are deposited along the various airways of the bronchial tree. Exposure of the lung is caused mainly by the alpha particles emitted by the short lived progeny, even though there are also some emissions of beta particles and gamma radiation. Exposure from the ingestion of 222Rn via the groundwater pathway is unlikely to be of significant concern for occupational radiation protection.
Exposure pathways 5.46. A similar situation pertains with respect to thorium in rocks and soil, with the decay of 232Th resulting in the production of the gaseous isotope 220Rn (commonly referred to as thoron). However, exposure due to 220Rn and its short lived progeny is unlikely to be of concern in existing exposure situations because the half-life of 220Rn (56 s) is much shorter than that of 222Rn. The inhalation of 220Rn and of its progeny by workers in the mining and processing of minerals with high thorium contents could give rise to exposures of concern. However, in such situations, these exposures would be controlled as a planned exposure situation, together with exposures due to other radionuclides in the 232Th decay series (see para. 3.169). Consequently, the use of the term ‘radon’ hereinafter refers only to the isotope 222Rn.
Radon concentrations Buildings
Radon concentrations 5.47. In buildings, the accumulation of radon in the air occurs mainly as a result of the entry of radon directly from the underlying soil into the basement through cracks in the floor. In temperate zones, the air inside buildings is normally at a slightly lower pressure than the air outdoors as a consequence of the air inside the building being warmer than the air outside. This causes a convective flow which, together with the effect of wind blowing across chimneys and other openings, draws soil gas and, hence, radon into the building. In addition to pressure differences, other factors, such as relative humidity and soil moisture, can also influence radon concentrations in buildings.
Radon concentrations 5.48. The accumulation of radon in buildings also occurs, usually to a lesser extent, through the escape of radon from building materials into the air inside the building, particularly if such materials are porous and have elevated concentrations of 226Ra. The water supply can also provide a route for the entry of radon into the air inside buildings, although radon concentrations in domestic water supplies are generally quite low except, possibly, when the supply comes from groundwater. The accumulation of radon in buildings that are workplaces may also be influenced by the presence of minerals and raw materials containing elevated concentrations of radionuclides in the 238U decay series, although this influence is generally quite small if there is adequate ventilation (see para. 3.172).
Radon concentrations 5.49. Indoor radon concentrations differ between countries because of differences in geology, climate, construction materials, construction techniques, types of ventilation provided (whether natural or otherwise) and domestic habits. Within countries, there may be marked regional variations. Data on indoor radon concentrations around the world are given in Ref. [35]. The arithmetic mean values reported for various countries vary from 7 Bq/m3 to 200 Bq/m3. Reported arithmetic mean values in high background areas are in the range of 112–2745 Bq/m3. In some parts of northern Europe, maximum values of up to 84 000 Bq/m3 are reported. The population weighted worldwide arithmetic mean is reported as 39 Bq/m3.
Radon concentrations Underground workplaces
Radon concentrations 5.50. The highest concentrations of radon tend to occur in underground workplaces. Such workplaces include underground mines, tunnels, basement storage and parking facilities, underground facilities for water treatment and distribution, caves, former mines open to the public and spas. In such workplaces, there are many interfaces through which there may be substantial entry of radon into the air, and there may be practical limitations on the amount of ventilation that can be provided. In some underground mines, including some in which the 226Ra concentrations in the rock are not significantly elevated, high concentrations of radon arise from the entry of radon via groundwater and its subsequent release into the mine’s atmosphere. A similar situation can be encountered in underground facilities for water treatment and distribution.
Radon concentrations 5.51. Concentrations of radon are reported to vary from 20 Bq/m3 to more than 20 000 Bq/m3 in workplaces in caves and underground mines open to the public and from about 200 Bq/m3 to 7000 Bq/m3 in workplaces in tunnels [36]. Much higher values have been found in some operating underground mines, particularly uranium mines.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.52. As with any other exposure due to natural sources, occupational exposure due to radon is subject to the requirements for existing exposure situations (para. 5.1(c)(i) of GSR Part 3 [2]). However, the requirements for planned exposure situations will apply in certain situations, as specified in para. 3.161.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.53. Occupational exposure due to radon is generally of concern only in enclosed workplaces such as buildings and underground mines. Occupational exposure due to radon outdoors is not usually of concern except, possibly, in open pit mines in certain atmospheric conditions.
Identifying workplaces in which exposure due to radon is of concern 5.54. The government should ensure that information is gathered on indoor concentrations of radon, including concentrations in workplaces. Since it is not feasible to measure radon concentrations in every workplace, surveys should be designed and carried out such that the information gathered is reasonably representative of the country as a whole, in a similar manner to surveys of radon in homes. This requires that the surveys be systematic and unbiased to the extent possible. Geographical considerations will often be a good general guide to identifying areas in which radon concentrations are likely to be above average. However, such an approach on its own has limitations because the relationships between indoor radon concentration and geological parameters, such as soil porosity and concentrations of uranium and radium, are complex. Geological considerations can nevertheless be used for interpolating between the survey results and may be useful in refining the identification of the relevant areas.
Identifying workplaces in which exposure due to radon is of concern 5.55. Radon concentrations measured in above ground workplaces could provide important input to the identification of radon prone areas for dwellings, or vice versa, since it is likely that radon prone areas for above ground workplaces will coincide with those for dwellings.12
Identifying workplaces in which exposure due to radon is of concern 5.56. Once the data from measurements have been gathered, the government should ensure that analysis of the data leads to the identification of any workplaces in which exposure due to radon is of concern. If there are no such situations, no further action is required. If, on the other hand, exposures of concern are identified, the government should ensure that action on exposures in workplaces is incorporated into an overall national action plan for indoor radon. The action plan should be appropriate for the exposure situation and should be adapted to national conditions.
Action Plan 5.57. A national action plan for exposure due to indoor radon, including exposure in workplaces, should provide the means for defining remedial actions to address exposures of concern. It should also provide the means for ensuring that, by way of suitable campaigns, relevant information on exposure due to radon is provided to employers, workers and members of the public, and to other interested parties such as professional bodies. The objective of these information campaigns should be to share the key findings of the national surveys and to increase the understanding of radon, the potential health risks and the simple measures that can be taken to reduce the risks. Since smoking is such a prevalent cause of lung cancer, the increased risks relating to smoking and radon should be highlighted.
Action Plan 5.58. For exposures in workplaces that are identified as being of concern, the action plan should specify a series of coordinated actions to address radon concentrations in existing workplaces and future workplaces.
Action Plan 5.59. It is possible to focus the efforts to control radon by identifying ‘radon prone buildings’. Such buildings can be identified on the basis of certain characteristics of the design, construction material or construction method that are likely to give rise to elevated radon concentrations.
Reference levels 5.60. In formulating the action plan, appropriate reference levels for radon in workplaces should be established, account being taken of the prevailing societal and economic circumstances. In general, the reference level for workplaces is required to be set at a value that does not exceed an annual average radon concentration of 1000 Bq/m3 (para. 5.27 of GSR Part 3 [2]). This value corresponds to an annual effective dose of the order of 10 mSv, on the assumption of an equilibrium factor of 0.4 and an annual occupancy period of 2000 h. There is a practical advantage in adopting a single value for the reference level that applies to all workplaces irrespective of the equilibrium factor. Nevertheless, other reference levels may be appropriate if the equilibrium factor is significantly different from this, which may be the case in some underground mines, for instance. The choice of an appropriate reference level is complex — the value should be determined with considerable circumspection, with account taken not only of the level of exposure but also of the likely scale of remedial action involved, which has economic implications for industry and for the State as a whole. In buildings with high occupancy factors for members of the public, such as kindergartens, schools and hospitals, exposure of all occupants is controlled using the reference level for dwellings (para. 5.20 of GSR Part 3 [2]).
Remedial actions in workplaces 5.61. In workplaces that have been identified in the action plan, additional, more detailed measurements of radon concentrations may be necessary. Arrangements for making these measurements, and for carrying out any subsequent remedial action, are required to be the responsibility of the employer concerned. The employer should have access to expert advice on remedial measures. It may be appropriate for the regulatory body or other relevant authority to provide written guidance in accordance with national building practices.
Remedial actions in workplaces 5.62. The employer should ensure that radon activity concentrations in workplaces are as low as reasonably achievable, with priority being given to those workplaces in which the reference level is exceeded. In some workplaces, particularly underground mines, there can be large variations in radon concentration in space and time. This should be taken into account when determining whether the reference level is exceeded.
Remedial actions in workplaces 5.63. If, despite all reasonable efforts by the employer to reduce radon concentrations in the workplace, such concentrations remain above the reference level, the relevant requirements for occupational exposure in planned exposure situations will apply (see para. 3.161(b)). This outcome is unlikely except for some underground mines where there might be practical limitations on restricting the entry of radon into the air and on the amount of ventilation that can be provided (see para. 3.176).
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings Subfloor depressurization
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings 5.64. For foundations and basements in contact with soil, the most effective course of action for reducing radon concentrations is to reduce the pressure of the soil gas in the vicinity of the foundation relative to the pressure in the structure. This can be accomplished by installing a system of pipes leading from the soil under the foundation that maintains a negative pressure gradient between the soil and the foundation. The soil gas containing radon can then be vented harmlessly to the atmosphere. Where possible, it is desirable to install a small and simple cavity or sump within the foundations to which the system of pipes can be attached. For buildings with extensive and complex foundations, a number of such depressurization systems may be needed.
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings Subfloor ventilation
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings 5.65. If the ground floor is not in contact with the soil, the amount of radon entering the structure can be reduced by ventilating the space beneath the floor. This can be accomplished by increasing the natural ventilation or by installing a fan that removes air from under the floor and replaces it with outdoor air.
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings Floor sealing and membranes
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings 5.66. Since most of the radon that enters from the soil enters through cracks and other openings in the floor, it is possible to reduce indoor radon concentrations by sealing such entry routes. However, this approach is generally less effective than depressurization and ventilation because it is difficult to seal all entry routes adequately and seals deteriorate over time. It can be used as a supplementary measure to increase the effectiveness of subfloor depressurization or ventilation. Heavy duty plastic membranes incorporated into the foundations can act as effective radon barriers provided that all joints are properly sealed and the membranes are not punctured during installation. They cannot be retrofitted to existing buildings, however.
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings Increased ventilation
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings 5.67. Indoor radon can be diluted by means of increased ventilation with outside air. This approach can be costly in terms of energy loss, particularly in hot or cold climates. Energy loss can be reduced by means of heat exchangers, but these involve significant capital, operating and maintenance costs. In some structures, increased ventilation can actually increase indoor radon concentrations by increasing the negative pressure differential between the indoor air and the soil gas.
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings Removal of subsoil
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings 5.68. Elevated indoor radon concentrations are sometimes caused by high 226Ra concentrations in the soil underneath or surrounding the building. In such situations, indoor radon concentrations can be reduced by removing the subsoil and replacing it with uncontaminated soil. This is a major undertaking and it should be carried out only when there are no straightforward options.
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings Water treatment
Methods for reducing radon concentrations in buildings 5.69. In the few situations in which the water used in the building is a significant source of indoor radon, prior treatment of the water by aeration can be effective. Filtration with activated charcoal can also be used, but it is likely to be less effective. Although aeration of the water can reduce radon concentrations in the buildings to which it is supplied, it can aggravate the problem in the municipal water treatment plants where aeration is carried out. In any water treatment plant, the air spaces of frequently accessed areas should be well ventilated to prevent the buildup of radon in high concentrations. In treatment plants processing groundwater with high radon concentrations, such measures alone may not be sufficient, and it may be necessary to restrict the periods of occupancy of plant workers in areas of high radon concentrations. This is not usually a problem, because workers usually make only brief periodic inspections in such areas.
Preventive measures in new buildings 5.70. In addition to any remedial action to be taken in existing workplaces, which is the responsibility of the employer, consideration should also be given by the regulatory body or other relevant authority to preventive measures that can be applied to new buildings, including workplaces, in radon prone areas. In the case of dwellings, it has been found that, in areas in which more than 5% of buildings have radon concentrations exceeding 200 Bq/m3, preventive measures in all new buildings are likely to be cost effective [37]. The difficulty with new buildings is that radon concentrations cannot be predicted with accuracy; they can only be determined after the completion of the construction. The regulatory body or other relevant authority should establish a basis for identifying, in advance, those buildings for which preventive measures should be included in the design and construction and, after construction, should apply checks on the effectiveness of the preventive measures. Appropriate construction codes and guidance on construction practices should be developed. Particularly careful consideration should be given to building development on made up ground if there are indications that the fill material might have elevated concentrations of 226Ra. A thorough quantitative assessment may be necessary and, where necessary, restrictions applied by the regulatory body or other relevant authority.
Preventive measures in new buildings 5.71. The foundations of new buildings constructed in radon prone areas should be designed and constructed so that the ingress of radon from the soil is minimized. Some preventive measures may necessitate major changes to the design and construction of the foundations. Other measures can be very simple and can be incorporated at relatively low cost. These include the provision of a porous fill layer under the floor slab so that radon in the soil gas can be extracted. Space can also be left for an interior exhaust duct for the extracted air. Consideration should also be given to design features that allow the easy introduction of further remedial measures after the construction has been completed, if these are found to be necessary.
Preventive measures in new buildings 5.72. The approach favoured by the regulatory body or other relevant authority will depend on local building styles and on the extent and severity of radon proneness. A combination of approaches may prove to be the best option. In the initial phase of the national action plan, the regulatory body or other relevant authority should closely monitor the outcome of preventive measures and remedial measures to ensure that they are reliable and durable.
Sources of exposure 5.73. There are three main sources of cosmic radiation that should be considered for occupational exposure:
  • Galactic cosmic radiation from sources outside the solar system. Galactic cosmic radiation incident on the upper atmosphere consists of a 98% nucleonic component (mainly protons and helium ions) and 2% electrons. With increasing solar activity, the fluence rate decreases but the maximum of the energy spectrum is shifted to higher energies.

  • Solar cosmic radiation generated near the surface of the sun by magnetic disturbances. This radiation originates from solar flares and coronal mass ejections when the particles produced are directed towards the Earth. These solar particles comprise mostly protons. Only the most energetic particles contribute to doses at ground level.

  • Radiation from the Earth’s radiation belts (the Van Allen belts). The Van Allen radiation belts are formed by the capture of protons and electrons by the Earth’s magnetic field. There are two Van Allen belts: an inner belt centred at about 3000 km and an outer belt centred at about 22 000 km from the Earth’s surface. In a region east of Brazil known as the South Atlantic Anomaly, the inner Van Allen belt descends to within a few hundred kilometres to the Earth’s surface.

Sources of exposure 5.74. The intensity of cosmic radiation reaching the upper atmosphere is reduced by the Earth’s magnetic field and therefore varies with latitude. The intensity is greatest near the geomagnetic poles and lowest near the equator. The intensity of the total cosmic radiation also varies with time. The variation follows the 11 year solar activity cycle, with radiation intensity at its lowest when solar activity is at its highest.
Sources of exposure 5.75. High energy particles incident on the atmosphere interact with atoms and molecules in the air and generate a complex set of secondary charged and uncharged particles, including protons, neutrons, pions and relatively light nuclei. Uncharged pions decay into high energy photons, which in turn produce a cascade of high energy electrons and photons. Charged pions decay into muons, which travel large distances in the atmosphere. Thus, at ground level, the muon component of cosmic radiation is the major contributor to dose, contributing about 80% of the dose rate for absorbed dose.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.76. Exposure to cosmic radiation at ground level is regarded as unamenable to control and is therefore excluded from the scope of GSR Part 3 [2].13
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.77. Control of occupational exposure to cosmic radiation above ground level is required to be considered for aircrew in terms of the requirements for existing exposure situations, and exposure is required to be controlled for individuals in space based activities (see paras 5.30–5.33 of GSR Part 3 [2]).
Application of the requirements for protection and safety Exposure of aircrew
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.78. At altitudes for commercial aircraft, typically 6100–12 200 m, the most significant components of cosmic radiation are neutrons, electrons, positrons, photons and protons, with neutrons contributing 40–80% of the dose rate for effective dose, depending on altitude, latitude and the stage in the solar cycle. The dose rate doubles for every 1830 m of increased altitude. At higher altitudes, the component for heavy nuclei becomes important [23].
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.79. Dose rates in commercial aircraft depend on altitude, latitude and the stage in the solar cycle. For an altitude of 9000–12 000 m at a latitude of 50° (corresponding to a flight between northern Europe and North America), the dose rate is generally in the range of 4–8 μSv/h. Dose rates at lower latitudes  are generally lower and, with allowances for climbing and descent, an average dose rate of 4 μSv/h can be used for all long haul flights. For short haul flights,  the altitude is generally lower (7500–10 000 m) and the corresponding average dose rate is about 3 μSv/h. Average annual flying times for aircrew are typically 600–900 h [23].
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.80. In recent years, there have been developments in the monitoring technology for estimating the radiation field on board aircraft (see para. 7.36). In addition, various computer codes have been developed for estimating the doses received by aircrew for specific flight route parameters. Good agreement has been observed between the measured values and the calculated values [38]. Computer codes are now used routinely to assess doses received by aircrew, rather than relying on measurements.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.81. The average annual doses received by aircrew are typically in the range of 1–3 mSv, with maximum values of 3.5–6.5 mSv being reported from certain States [23].
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.82. Activities in civil aviation vary considerably between States, and in some parts of the world the possibility for aircrew to receive significant doses from cosmic radiation may be very limited. The regulatory body or other relevant authority (which could be a civil aviation authority) is required to determine whether assessment of the exposure of aircrew is warranted (para. 5.30 of GSR Part 3 [2]). If such assessment is not warranted, then no further action need be taken.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.83. Where assessment of the exposure of aircrew due to cosmic radiation is deemed to be warranted, the following requirements apply (see paras 5.31 and 5.32 of GSR Part 3 [2]):
  • The regulatory body or other relevant authority is required to establish a framework that includes a reference level of dose and a methodology for the assessment and recording of doses received by aircrew from occupational exposure to cosmic radiation. A reference level of about 5 mSv might be considered reasonable.

  • Where the doses of aircrew are likely to exceed the reference level, employers of aircrew are required: (i) to assess and keep records of doses; and (ii) to make records of doses available to aircrew.

  • Employers are required: (i) to inform female aircrew of the risk to the embryo or fetus due to exposure to cosmic radiation and of the need for early notification of pregnancy and (ii) to apply the requirements of para. 3.114 of GSR Part 3 [2] in respect of notification of pregnancy14, which states that:

Application of the requirements for protection and safety “Notification of the employer by a female worker if she suspects that she is pregnant or if she is breast-feeding shall not be considered a reason to exclude the female worker from work. The employer of a female worker, who has been notified of her suspected pregnancy or that she is breast-feeding shall adapt the working conditions in respect of occupational exposure so as to ensure that the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant is afforded the same broad level of protection as is required for members of the public.”
Application of the requirements for protection and safety For female aircrew during pregnancy, the employer should implement the same radiation protection measures as those that would apply in planned exposure situations (see paras 6.2–6.20). This includes a limit of 1 mSv on the annual effective dose.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.84. According to GSR Part 3 [2], the requirement for dose assessment and record keeping (see para. 5.83(b) above) applies only where the doses of aircrew are likely to exceed the reference level. This implies that the doses of only a small proportion of the workforce would need to be assessed. In practice, however, States with significant activities in civil aviation tend to include all aircrew in the dose assessment process. Given the availability of suitable computer codes for assessing dose directly from the flight parameters (see para. 5.80), this appears to be a practicable option (and appears to be more acceptable to the workforce).
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.85. In terms of current aviation practice, flying altitudes are firmly established and flying times of aircrew are controlled for non-radiological reasons — such controls may provide sufficient control of exposures. Some airlines, again for non-radiological reasons, may already have special working arrangements in place for female aircrew after notification of pregnancy, which will limit the doses received. These limitations ensure that the average annual doses remain at a small percentage, typically about 10%, of the annual dose limit for workers in planned exposure situations. While there are thus no apparent scenarios in which doses could increase above current levels, there are, at the same time, few reasonable opportunities for reducing doses. For instance, any further restriction on the flying times of aircrew could have unacceptable repercussions. Any attempt to reduce the doses received by individual crew members by reassigning them to other flights would do nothing to reduce the collective dose. All of these factors should be taken into account when considering whether there is anything to be gained by imposing further control measures to reduce doses. At present, it would seem that there is little justification for such additional measures.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety Exposure of space crew
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.86. At altitudes of 200–600 km and at low inclinations, the main contribution to the exposure of space crew is delivered by protons and electrons trapped geomagnetically by the inner Van Allen belt in the South Atlantic Anomaly where it is closest to the Earth’s surface [23]. For low Earth orbit missions of limited duration, the results of some dose assessments show values of personal dose equivalent for the mission varying from 1.9 mSv to about 27 mSv. For a broader range of space activities, mission doses can reach values of the order of 100 mSv.
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.87. Only a few States are involved in space travel. The approach to the control of exposures of space crew has been developed by national and regional space agencies. The requirements of GSR Part 3 [2] for controlling exposures in these exceptional conditions are, by necessity, rather general and essentially reflect current good practice in the States concerned:
  • The regulatory body or other relevant authority should establish, where appropriate, a framework for radiation protection that applies to individuals in space based activities.

  • All reasonable efforts should be made to optimize protection by restricting the doses received by space crew while not unduly limiting the extent of the activities that they undertake.

Application of the requirements for protection and safety 5.88. The framework for protection of space crew should make provision for the setting of appropriate reference levels (e.g. reference levels for mission dose and career dose). The protection framework should also make provision for identifying, at the pre-flight design stage, ways to minimize doses by means such as shielding and by the timing and duration of certain activities. Area monitoring and individual monitoring should be carried out, as appropriate, for dose assessment purposes and for providing warning of changing exposure conditions. Monitoring and dose assessment are essential inputs to the optimization process. Further guidance is provided in Refs [39–41].
Application of the requirements for protection and safety 6.1. Section 6 provides guidance on occupational radiation protection for two groups of workers for whom there are specific management issues associated with the control of their radiation exposure:
  • Female workers during and after pregnancy, with implications of exposure not only for themselves but also for the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant.

  • Workers who regularly carry out their work on the premises or site of another employer and who may be exposed due to the site operator’s use of radiation; and workers who may take onto a site their own source of radiation, with implications for exposure both for themselves and for the employees of the site operator. Such workers, referred to as itinerant workers, are often employed by contractors.

Application of the requirements for protection and safety 6.2. For the purposes of occupational radiation protection, there is no reason to make any general distinction between workers on the basis of gender. However, additional protection measures are required to be considered for a female worker during and after pregnancy in order to protect the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant.
Exposure pathways to the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant 6.3. The following exposure pathways to the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant are of potential concern:
  • In utero:

    • (i) External exposures due to sources of radiation external to the body of the female worker that irradiate not only maternal tissues but also the embryo or fetus.

    • (ii) Internal exposures due to the incorporation of radionuclides by the female worker (or are present in maternal hollow organs, such as the urinary bladder or bowel) that transfer to the fetus through the placenta; or exposure of the fetus to penetrating radiation from radionuclides deposited in maternal tissues (or that are present in maternal hollow organs).

  • Breastfed infant:

    • (i) External exposures due to penetrating radiation from radionuclides in maternal tissues or present in maternal hollow organs such as the urinary bladder or bowel.

    • (ii) Internal exposures from the intake of radionuclides by the breastfed infant via transfer from maternal tissues to breast milk and subsequent ingestion during breast-feeding.

Responsibilities of the management 6.4. In terms of para. 3.113 of GSR Part 3 [2], the management is required to provide female workers who are liable to enter controlled areas or supervised areas, or who may undertake emergency duties, with appropriate information on the risk to the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant, during and after pregnancy. Such a female worker cannot be compelled to notify her employer if she is aware or suspects that she is pregnant or if she is breast-feeding. However, the management is required to inform female workers of the importance of notifying their employer as soon as possible, so that the working conditions in respect of occupational exposure can be modified accordingly to protect the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant.
Responsibilities of the management 6.5. Once a female worker who is liable to enter controlled areas or supervised areas, or who may undertake emergency duties, notifies her employer that she is aware or she suspects that she is pregnant or that she is breast-feeding, the employer is required to adapt the working conditions in respect of occupational exposure so as to ensure that the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant is afforded the same broad level of protection as is required for members of the public (see para. 3.114 of GSR Part 3 [2]). It is required that such notification not be considered a reason to exclude the female worker from work (see para. 5.83), but it will entail the imposition of more stringent restrictions on the occupational exposures to which the female worker is subject. The employer should inform the female worker of the decision to apply more stringent restrictions.
Responsibilities of the management 6.6. The more stringent restrictions should not necessarily prevent the female worker from working with radiation or radioactive material, or from entering or working in designated radiation areas. However, the restrictions should be such as to ensure that under normal operational conditions the requirements of GSR Part 3 [2] with regard to dose limitation for members of the public are met for the embryo or fetus during pregnancy and for the breastfed infant thereafter. Furthermore, the adapted working conditions should be such as to avoid any significant potential exposure due to accidents or other unforeseen events that could result in high radiation doses from external exposure or internal exposure.
Responsibilities of the management 6.7. In determining more stringent dose restrictions, account should be taken of any doses that were received by the embryo or fetus as a result of the female worker’s occupational exposure to external radiation in the period between conception and notification of pregnancy. Account should also be taken of any doses that were, or that will be, received by the embryo or fetus or by the breastfed infant as a result of any intakes of radionuclides by the female worker prior to the notification of pregnancy, including intakes prior to conception.
Responsibilities of the management 6.8. The employer should consider whether the female worker needs further information and training as a result of any change of working conditions to restrict exposure of the embryo or fetus or of the breastfed infant.
Monitoring 6.9. Because of the more stringent restrictions on dose, female workers should be monitored during and after pregnancy. Doses should be assessed with account taken of all relevant pathways of external exposure and internal exposure.
Monitoring 6.10. Once pregnancy has been notified, the monitoring programme should be redefined so as to be able to determine that the estimated dose to the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant (including the dose from intakes by the female worker prior to conception) that could be due to occupational exposure will not exceed 1 mSv. Modification of the monitoring programme for internal exposure might be necessary because some radionuclides might be of more relevance for fetal doses than for maternal doses. The biokinetics of some elements might change during pregnancy, although the available information is generally not sufficiently detailed to allow alternative modelling that relates excretion values or organ retention values to intake amounts. Some changes in biokinetics that have been considered by the ICRP [42] could be used for special dose assessments.
Monitoring 6.11. If there are indications that the dose to the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant might approach 1 mSv/a, individual monitoring of the female worker and individual assessment of the committed dose to the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant should be performed. Dose reports should be available quickly to allow for prompt action to be taken if it is found that the dose to the embryo or fetus or the breastfed infant might exceed 1 mSv/a.
Monitoring 6.12. A shorter period (i.e. greater frequency) of monitoring may be advisable to keep a closer control over possible inadvertent exposures. However, this frequency should be chosen in consideration of the recording level of the passive dosimeter or other techniques used. For dosimeters with a recording level of 0.1 mSv, a monitoring period of less than one month might not be long enough to evaluate adequately the dose to the fetus during the whole period after the notification of pregnancy. An active dosimeter might serve the purpose of maintaining alertness to any possible accidental exposures. In all cases, the dose recorded for the pregnant female worker should be that of her regular dosimeter.
Monitoring 6.13. The calibration of dosimeters should be considered in assessing doses to the embryo or fetus. For radiation fields of penetrating radiation, dosimeters that have been calibrated for the personal dose equivalent Hp(10) will give an overestimation of the dose. However, this may not be the case for radiation fields of high energy neutrons or of particles in accelerator facilities, for which dosimeters calibrated for doses at different depths below the surface are required.
Monitoring 6.14. Although it is not required to use an additional dosimeter on the abdomen, it can provide reassurance that attention is being given to any exposure during pregnancy. The management should consider the use of an appropriate dosimeter to monitor the dose to the fetus. If the external radiation is homogeneous, there is no preferred position on the abdomen for the dosimeter; but if the radiation field is inhomogeneous, the dosimeter should be positioned on that part of the abdomen that might be irradiated more significantly.
Monitoring 6.15. In the case of a suspected accidental intake, special monitoring should be carried out to ensure that the dose limit for the embryo or fetus or for the breastfed infant will not be exceeded. Monitoring may be carried out by using whole body counting, individual organ counting (such as thyroid counting or lung counting) or in vitro analysis of the female worker’s excretions.
Dose assessment 6.16. Information on the dose to the embryo or fetus from maternal intakes of radionuclides has been published by the ICRP [42]. This includes dose coefficients based on biokinetic and dosimetric models that take into account the transfer of radionuclides from the pregnant female through the placenta, and photon exposure due to radionuclides in the placenta and maternal tissues. The dose coefficients, expressed in units of sieverts per becquerel, represent the committed effective dose to the embryo or fetus per unit intake of activity by the female worker. Organ dose coefficients for the fetus are also provided.
Dose assessment 6.17. When there is an acute intake by a female worker as a result of an accident or other incident during or before pregnancy, the dose coefficients of the ICRP can be used to calculate the committed organ doses and effective doses to the embryo or fetus. For chronic intakes, the dose coefficients of the ICRP cover three scenarios: (i) chronic intake during pregnancy; (ii) chronic intake one year before pregnancy; and (iii) chronic intake five years before pregnancy.
Dose assessment 6.18. In the assessment of external dose to the fetus, only penetrating radiation should be considered. In the case of homogeneous radiation fields, for photons and beta radiation, the dose recorded by the female worker’s dosimeter will be a conservative estimate of the dose to the fetus because, by the time that pregnancy is notified, the dose at the depth of the fetus will generally be lower. In the case of inhomogeneous fields, a careful assessment of the dosimeter results and the corresponding dose to the fetus is necessary.
Dose assessment 6.19. Information on the dose to the breastfed infant from the ingestion of radionuclides in the milk, including dose coefficients, has been published by the ICRP [43]. Intakes before and during pregnancy, as well as during lactation, are considered.
Dose assessment 6.20. The evaluation of dose to the infant from external exposure due to radionuclides in maternal tissues is based on estimations of the position of the mother and infant, and of the time period during which the mother is holding or is close to the infant. Mathematical models of mother and infant are then used to perform Monte Carlo simulations of the mother’s tissues as sources for exposure of the infant.
Dose assessment 6.21. For the purposes of this Safety Guide, itinerant workers are occupationally exposed persons who work in supervised areas or controlled areas at various locations and who are not employees of the management of the facility where they are working [44]. Itinerant workers can be self-employed or can be employed by a contractor (or similar legal entity) that provides services at the facilities of other employers. (Such a facility may or may not be a registrant or licensee or be otherwise under regulatory control.)
Dose assessment 6.22. The management of a facility and the contractor are both employers. The management of a facility has primary control of the facility, while the contractor provides services under contract. The employees of a contractor, when working in supervised areas or controlled areas at a facility that is not managed by, or under the primary control of, the contractor, will fall within the definition of itinerant workers. In more complex situations, a contractor might itself contract work to a subcontractor, whereupon the employees of both contractor and subcontractor could be itinerant workers. When the contractor is a self-employed person, that person is regarded as being, and as having the duties of, both an employer and a worker.
Dose assessment 6.23. Itinerant workers may themselves work with sources of radiation or they may potentially be exposed to radiation sources controlled by the management of the facility at which they are working.
Dose assessment 6.24. Itinerant workers may be apprentices who are being trained for employment involving radiation. Exposure of students is not occupational exposure, but students can also be considered ‘itinerant students’ in this sense when their courses of study or their work experience (overseen by their mentors in the contractor’s organization) necessitate their presence in supervised areas or controlled areas established at the facility.
Dose assessment 6.25. Examples of itinerant workers and the types of work they perform include:
  • Maintenance workers in the nuclear power industry — employed by a contractor providing services during normal operations, shutdown or maintenance outages;

  • Personnel for quality assurance, in-service inspection and non-destructive examination or testing in the nuclear power industry and other industries;

  • Maintenance staff and cleaning staff in general industry who could be exposed to radiation from a wide range of applications;

  • Contractors providing specialized services — for example removal of scale and sediment from within pipes and vessels (for the decontamination of equipment), the transport of radioactive waste, or the loading or changing of radioactive sources at irradiation facilities;

  • Contracted workers in mining and minerals processing facilities who could be exposed to naturally occurring radioactive material;

  • Industrial radiography companies contracted to work at a facility operated by a management other than their own;

  • Workers performing contracted security screening using X ray machines or radioactive sources;

  • Contracted workers involved in the decommissioning of facilities of various types, and in the decontamination of associated buildings and the remediation of outside areas;

  • Contracted workers of companies installing and servicing medical equipment;

  • Medical staff who work in supervised areas or controlled areas in several hospitals or clinics (whether fixed or mobile) not operated by their employer.

Issues associated with the use of itinerant workers 6.26. The effective management of itinerant workers is essential for ensuring their protection and safety but can be complicated by issues such as overlapping responsibilities, differences in local work procedures and protection standards, communication difficulties and remote supervision.
Issues associated with the use of itinerant workers 6.27. The issues associated with the use of itinerant workers primarily relate to managerial control. Uncertainties over the allocation of responsibilities for arrangements for protection of workers may give rise to difficulties with regard to the control of the exposure of individual itinerant workers over time, for example over a calendar year. As itinerant workers move from facility to facility, workers may accumulate doses that approach or even exceed the annual individual dose limit; this may be true even though none of the prospectively established dose constraints or administrative dose targets at the different facilities had been exceeded.
Issues associated with the use of itinerant workers 6.28. The range of work carried out by itinerant workers makes it difficult to assign responsibilities explicitly without first considering specific situations. These can range from situations in which the management of a facility will be required contractually to provide most of the necessary services for protection and safety for itinerant workers to situations in which most of the duties and responsibilities will usually fall on the contractor. Within this range, three types of exposure scenario can occur:
  • The operation of a facility has the potential to cause exposure of the contractor’s employees, who themselves do not possess a radiation source. In such cases, the management of the facility is the registrant or licensee and the contractor is merely an employer.

  • The contractor’s employees bring their own source of radiation to a facility and, hence, have the potential to cause exposure of the employees of that facility. In such cases, the contractor is the registrant or licensee and the management of the facility is merely an employer.

  • A combination of (a) and (b), whereby the operation of the facility and the activities of the contractor on-site both have the potential to cause exposure to each other’s employees. In such cases, both the management of the facility and the contractor are registrants or licensees.

Cooperation between employers 6.29. The main responsibility for protection and safety for workers at a facility lies with the management of that facility. At the same time, a contractor providing services to the management of the facility is responsible for protection and safety for its own employees. It follows that there will be overlapping responsibilities for the management of itinerant workers, and cooperation between the two employers (the management of the facility and the contractor) is required (Requirement 23 of GSR Part 3 [2]). The specific content of these joint responsibilities will depend on the type of work carried out, but it will require consultation and cooperation to the extent necessary for compliance with the requirements for protection and safety for all workers at the facility. This requirement is reflected in para. 3.85 of GSR Part 3 [2], which states that:
Cooperation between employers 6.30. Further requirements relating to cooperation between employers are given in paras 3.86 and 3.87 of GSR Part 3 [2], which state that:
  • The development and use of specific restrictions on exposure and other means of ensuring that the measures for protection and safety for workers who are engaged in work that involves or could involve a source that is not under the control of their employer are at least as good as those for employees of the registrant or licensee;

  • Specific assessments of the doses received by workers as specified in (a) above;

  • A clear allocation and documentation of the responsibilities of the employer and those of the registrant or licensee for protection and safety.

  • Shall obtain from the employers, including self-employed persons, the previous occupational exposure history of workers...and any other necessary information;

  • Shall provide appropriate information to the employer, including any available information relevant for compliance with the requirements of these Standards that the employer requests;

  • Shall provide both the worker and the employer with the relevant exposure records.”

Cooperation between employers 6.31. Where the need for cooperation leads to agreement on procedures to be followed, this should ideally be documented. It is likely to be appropriate for such an agreement to form part of the formal contractual arrangement, particularly in large or complex contracting (and subcontracting) situations (e.g. when the management of a facility specifically delineates a part of its site to be handed over to a main contractor to carry out some work such as decommissioning). It should be ensured by means of this documentation that each party knows which of the legal demands on the employer it is specifically responsible for meeting. The detailed arrangements and identification of responsibilities will vary with the nature of the work and the relevant experience of the parties involved.
Cooperation between employers 6.32. Information sheets and checklists are useful aids to the exchange of information between employers and for assessing the adequacy of arrangements for protection and safety. Information sheets and checklists should be used for summarizing the requirements for protection and safety to be fulfilled and for listing the various points that should be discussed and agreed between the management of the facility and the contractor before the start of the contract work.
Sources under the control of a facility 6.33. In many types of work, a contractor’s employees whose work does not directly involve the use of radiation sources have to enter an area of a facility where they may be exposed to radiation arising from the normal operation of the facility. Examples of such itinerant workers include maintenance staff and cleaning staff. In many cases, the contractor and its employees will have little or no experience of working in radiation areas, and will have a limited knowledge of the regulatory requirements for protection and safety.
Sources under the control of a facility 6.34. In such circumstances, it is the responsibility of the management of the facility to apply the same level of protection and safety to the itinerant workers as to its own employees. Having the necessary arrangements in place for achieving this should be a precondition for the engagement of the itinerant workers. Consideration should be given to formalizing this by referring, in the contractual agreement, to the relevant measures for protection and safety, which are those specified in Section 3 and would include, as appropriate:
  • Optimization of protection and safety (including any associated dose constraints);

  • Dose limitation;

  • Establishment of classified areas;

  • Use of personal protective equipment;

  • Local rules and procedures;

  • Monitoring and dose assessment;

  • Dose records;

  • Information and training;

  • Workers’ health surveillance.

Sources under the control of a facility 6.35. If the contractor’s work includes non-standard operations, a prior radiological evaluation of those operations is necessary. The evaluation should consider the various protection options and the amount of detail in the evaluation should be commensurate with the radiation risks. Responsibility for preparation of the assessment should be assigned to the management of the facility because of its detailed knowledge of the work, but the contractor should be involved, possibly with the assistance of a qualified expert. It should thereby be ensured that all relevant issues for protection and safety are considered at an early stage.
Sources under the control of a facility 6.36. The management of the facility will have arrangements in place for the assessment of doses for its own employees, and appropriate arrangements should also be made for the assessment of doses for the contractor’s employees. This may necessitate the management of the facility providing the contractor with dosimeters and then assessing them at the completion of the work, or it may necessitate the contractor arranging for its own individual dosimetry. The arrangement to be followed should be specified in the contractual agreement. If the work is being carried out under dosimetry arrangements made by the management of the facility, the relevant dose records should be made available to the itinerant workers and their employer (the contractor). In all cases, each itinerant worker should comply with any requirements of local rules or procedures to wear an individual dosimeter in a particular area.
Sources under the control of a facility 6.37. On completion of the work, and possibly at stages during the contract, the doses received by the contractor’s employees should be compared with those predicted in the prior radiological evaluation.
Sources under the control of a facility 6.38. In deciding which of its employees are suited to work under a particular contract, a contractor will require the following information from the management of the facility:
  • Details of any radiological hazards and associated controls, and an estimate of the maximum radiation doses likely to be received by the contractor’s employees in the work under the contract;

  • Details of any additional training that will be needed and that, therefore, should be provided either by the contractor or by the management of the facility;

  • Information on whether the contractor’s employees need to wear individual dosimeters and, if so, what arrangements are in place;

  • Details of non-radiological hazards such as chemicals, dust and heat;

  • Provision of personal protective equipment, if required.

Sources under the control of a facility 6.39. Before a contractor’s employee is accepted into a facility to work in a controlled or supervised area, the management of the facility should obtain from the contractor specific information concerning the employee. If this information is immediately available, it will permit rapid entry to the facility. This information should include:
  • Details of appropriate qualifications of the employee (training, experience and certification);

  • Details of the employee’s dose history;

  • Any relevant information on the employee’s fitness for work.

Sources under the control of a facility 6.40. It will also be appropriate for the management of the facility to carry out an assessment of the competence of the contractor’s employees. This is discussed further in paras 6.56–6.65.
Sources under the control of a facility 6.41. The contractor should consider whether it needs to consult one or more qualified experts for the work it is to undertake, depending on the nature of the work and any contractual conditions. If the contractor wishes to consult a qualified expert, it may seek guidance from the management of the facility or from an independent source for suggestions of suitable experts. The following subjects are examples of those for which guidance could be required from a qualified expert:
  • The review of engineered controls relating to protection and safety;

  • The formulation of suitable local rules and procedures;

  • Appropriate dosimetry arrangements;

  • The requirement for personal protective equipment;

  • The use of radiation monitoring equipment;

  • Record keeping;

  • Emergency procedures.

Sources under the control of a facility 6.42. The management of the facility should discuss with the contractor the arrangements for radiological supervision at an early stage and may arrange for an existing radiation protection officer (see para. 3.66) to act as the radiation protection officer for the contractor and its employees. Alternatively, the contractor may be required to appoint one of its own employees as a radiation protection officer, and should then ensure that this person is adequately trained. The radiation protection officer appointed should be acceptable to the management of the facility and the contractual agreement should require this radiation protection officer to work closely with (and to take guidance from) a nominated member of the supervisory staff of the facility. The radiation protection officers of the facility and of the contractor should maintain the necessary level of communication.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.43. A source under the control of a contractor may have to be taken by an employee of the contractor into a facility. Even though radiation sources (e.g. nuclear gauges) might be used within the facility as part of its normal operation, it is often the case that the area in which the contractor works is outside any classified areas associated with such sources. In such a situation, there is no potential for the itinerant worker to be exposed due to sources under the control of the facility. However, the source brought in by the itinerant worker could cause exposure of employees of the facility.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.44. Such a situation arises most commonly when industrial radiography is carried out by a contractor on-site. Consequently, the guidance given in paras 6.45–6.50 refers specifically to such work. Similar principles and actions will apply to other work activities such as source loading operations in irradiation facilities. If unsealed sources are involved, precautions should be taken to avoid surface contamination and airborne contamination (see paras 9.24–9.46).
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.45. Industrial radiography involves the inspection of components (e.g. pipes, welds and pressure vessels) to determine whether cracks or other defects are present. The radiation source used is a sealed radioactive source or an X ray machine. Both types of source necessitate strictly controlled procedures to protect the radiographers using them and other persons on the site. An essential part of these procedures is the maintenance of a barrier at a suitable distance from the source, intended to prevent unauthorized entry to the controlled area within the barrier (i.e. for cordoning of the controlled area). This type of work may be carried out at night or at a height, for which additional protective measures such as stronger lighting and stricter supervision should be considered. Cooperation between the management of the facility and the contractor is essential for ensuring adequate protection and safety for the employees of the facility.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.46. Where the management of the facility has no direct in-house expertise in the work to be carried out by the contractor, it should restrict its involvement essentially to non-technical information gathering. The management of the facility should place the primary resposibility on the contractor for cooperation on the more technical aspects of the work, but should nevertheless be able to satisfy itself that the contractor has made adequate provision for achieving safe working conditions. In doing this, the management of the facility may need the assistance of a qualified expert.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.47. Prior to the commencement of work, the management of the facility should obtain from the contractor:
  • A telephone number that the contractor can be contacted in the event of an emergency.

  • The name(s) of the radiation protection officer(s) who will be present during the work.

  • The type of radiation generator or radiation source to be used.

  • A copy of the contractor’s local rules and procedures, which should provide sufficient information about the proposed work; if adequate local rules are not available, the contractor should not be allowed to undertake the work.

Sources under the control of a contractor 6.48. The management of the facility should ensure that the contractor implements the following measures for protection and safety:
  • Placement of barriers to prevent access to controlled areas in which dose rates exceed predetermined levels;

  • Posting of sufficient warning notices;

  • Provision of warning signals (that do not have any other local meaning or significance) prior to and during the exposure;

  • Display of explanatory notices at access points;

  • Inspections of equipment and radiation monitors prior to and after use;

  • Replacement or repair of equipment identified as inoperable prior to use;

  • Searching of the controlled area before starting and periodically thereafter;

  • Patrolling of the barrier to prevent unauthorized access;

  • Use of a suitable, calibrated radiation monitor in setting or verifying placement of the barrier and confirming expected dose rates after exposures (this is especially important where pulsed X ray fields might be present);

  • Provision of adequate storage facilities;

  • Formulation of emergency plans;

  • Use of appropriate personal monitoring devices.

Sources under the control of a contractor 6.49. The management of the facility should ensure that any of its employees who may be affected by the contractor’s work are given sufficient information about the proposed work. This should include people whose duties may place them in the vicinity of the work, security staff, the management and people who would become involved in an emergency.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.50. While work is in progress, the management of the facility should arrange occasional, unannounced safety audits to ensure that the contractor’s employees are observing the agreed, safe working practices. Such audits could be undertaken by employees of the facility or by an independent third party. When carrying out an audit to assess the standard of protection and safety, the management of the facility may find it useful to refer to a checklist of the items to be audited (see para. 6.32).
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.51. A source under the control of a contractor might have to be taken by an employee of the contractor into an area of a facility where, during normal operation of the facility, there is also the potential for exposure due to a source under the control of the facility. While the guidance given in paras 6.33–6.50 remains relevant, the additional guidance given in paras 6.52–6.55 should also be followed.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.52. Industrial radiography or other work may involve using a source under the control of the contractor in areas where there is a significant ambient dose rate arising from the operation of the facility. Before undertaking such work, the choice of an appropriate dose rate for which to erect barriers and signs should be discussed and agreed between the contractor and the management of the facility. Consideration should also be given to the timing of the proposed work.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.53. Work should be carried out not only in accordance with the contractor’s local rules and procedures but also in accordance with the local rules and procedures for those sources associated with the facility. The contractor may therefore need to modify its local rules and procedures so as to incorporate certain aspects of the local rules and procedures of the facility, and so as to ensure that there are no conflicting requirements. This should be clearly included in the contract.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.54. Special training of the contractor’s employees may be required because of the potential for exposure due to sources under the control of the facility, even though such employees might already be trained in the use of their own radiation sources. In such circumstances, many facilities require contract radiographers and their radiation protection officers to be trained to a specified level.
Sources under the control of a contractor 6.55. Consideration should be given to the possible impacts of the contractor’s radiation source on any radiation related instrumentation installed at the facility (e.g. the impact on area gamma monitors and detection systems for criticality incidents, and the risk of unnecessary false alarms). In the event of such incidents being identified, appropriate corrective actions should be taken. These could include the use of smaller sources or collimated radiation beams to minimize dose rates, or the deactivation of some instrumentation for a limited period.
Competence of itinerant workers 6.56. The management of facilities should ensure that contractors carrying out work at the facility are using personnel who are competent to carry out the work. Accordingly, the competence of contractor personnel may need to be formally assessed and documented. This approach will be appropriate where the contractors’ employees are potentially exposed due to the sources under the control of the facility. The approach will also be appropriate where the contractors are themselves bringing a source into the facility and where there is a potential for the facility’s employees to be exposed due to this source.
Competence of itinerant workers 6.57. The assessment process should include formal procedures to determine the necessary competences (through education, experience, and initial and continued training programmes) and the qualification requirements for any job carried out by contractors that could have implications for protection and safety. Established guides or quality management procedures can be useful in the assessment process.
Competence of itinerant workers 6.58. The level and detail of the assessment process will depend on the type of facility and the work being carried out. Some itinerant workers will work in professions that have qualification or certification schemes to demonstrate competence. Examples of such professions include radiological medical practitioners, medical physicists, medical radiation technologists and industrial radiographers. Management of facilities intending to employ itinerant workers in such professions should be aware of the certification and qualification requirements for this work, and should incorporate these requirements into the assessment process. It may also be appropriate to specify these qualifications in the contractual arrangements. Other professions and skills might not have qualification requirements. In these circumstances, the assessment of competence could be restricted to a review of curricula vitae, certificates, training records, references and reports of similar work carried out at other facilities.
Competence of itinerant workers 6.59. Under certain circumstances, the management of the facility may wish to specify site specific competence requirements to be fulfilled before the contractor is permitted to work on-site. These requirements could include the competence to use appropriate respiratory protective equipment. In these circumstances, the management of the facility should, as necessary, provide appropriate training to cover these competences, or should alternatively be able to recommend where such training could be obtained. The satisfactory completion of such training would be an input into the competence assessment process.
Competence of itinerant workers 6.60. Contractors should ensure that their employees are suitably qualified for the work to be carried out and should submit details of each employee’s qualifications to the management of the facility prior to commencing work at the facility. Itinerant workers should not be allowed to work without the required training and certification in the work and in radiation protection. The equipment and machines to be operated by them might, for instance, have very high intensity gamma sources with the potential for causing high level exposures in a short interval of time if not operated properly.
Competence of itinerant workers 6.61. The assessment of the competence of contractor personnel will conclude either that the contractor’s employees are competent to carry out the job or that there are deficiencies in qualifications or experience. If there are deficiencies, compensatory actions should be taken before the contractor’s employees are allowed to work on the site. The main characteristics of each particular situation should be taken into consideration in order to define the most appropriate compensatory action.
Competence of itinerant workers 6.62. For training related compensatory actions, consideration should be given to delivering any required training before the contractor’s employees commence work on-site, and to initiating liaison between the site operator and the contractor to fill any gaps identified. The site operator may be able to provide any site specific training required.
Competence of itinerant workers 6.63. The following additional management initiatives could also be implemented as compensatory measures:
  • Provision of direct supervision by the site operator;

  • Replacement of certain contractor personnel;

  • Documentation of additional experience, training or education.

Competence of itinerant workers 6.64. The contractor should periodically review the competence of its employees, with particular regard to the following:
  • Any changes in the professional qualifications required;

  • Any changes in legislation;

  • Lessons to be learned from experience at the facility and other facilities;

  • The worker’s dose record;

  • The ongoing adequacy and effectiveness of the level of training acquired;

  • The need for refresher training;

  • Any change in fitness for work;

  • Any changes in facilities, operations or work practices.

Competence of itinerant workers 6.65. The performance of the individual worker should also be assessed. Lessons learned from problems encountered, and actions taken to resolve difficulties, may lead to the identification of further competence training for one or more workers.
Radiation protection programme 6.66. The complexities associated with the management responsibilities and radiation protection arrangements for itinerant workers highlight the need for the work to be conducted in accordance with an effective radiation protection programme (see paras 3.49–3.158). The radiation protection programme should, among other things, assign responsibilities for protection and safety for itinerant workers to the management of the facility and to the contractor in accordance with the terms of the contractual agreement.
Radiation protection programme 6.67. For most situations, the prior radiological evaluation on which the radiation protection programme will be based should be a collaborative effort by the management of the facility and the contractor, with the more qualified of the two employers taking the leading role. Use should be made of the results of previous assessments. For a facility that uses radiation sources as part of its normal operation, the management should carry out a prior radiological evaluation for its own operations, followed up by a more detailed safety assessment. Similarly, where the contractor has its own sources of radiation, it should carry out a prior radiological evaluation and a safety assessment that are appropriate for most of the facilities at which those sources are likely to be used.
Radiation protection programme 6.68. The management of the facility and the contractor share joint responsibility for developing the radiation protection programme but, as with the prior radiological evaluation and the safety assessment, the levels of knowledge and expertise of those two parties may be expected to contribute to the mutually agreed allocation of responsibilities to ensure the development of an effective radiation protection programme. In many cases, the existing radiation protection programme of the facility or of the contractor may need limited modifications to reflect the proposed work by the contractor at the facility.
Radiation protection programme 6.69. The use of an existing radiation protection programme as the basis for ensuring radiation protection for itinerant workers is illustrated by the following two examples:
  • At a nuclear power plant, the management will have acquired extensive knowledge of the radiation risks associated with the operation and maintenance of the facility, will have already carried out a detailed safety assessment for its own employees (and likely for those employees of contractors that are foreseen to be used for assessed tasks) and will have established a comprehensive radiation protection programme. In this instance, therefore, it would be appropriate for the management of the facility: to communicate the relevant information on safety assessment to the contractor; to discuss work related circumstances and any identified concerns with the contractor; and to draw up a simplified radiation protection programme that covers the work of the contractor.

  • An industrial radiography company working at a chemical plant will already have developed its own radiation protection programme for work on-site, but it will need to liaise with the safety officers at the facility and to provide them with appropriate information from the radiation protection programme. That information will include the arrangements for management and supervision, and the procedures to be used to ensure radiation protection of the employees at the facility.

Records of occupational exposure 6.70. Some itinerant workers might work at a facility for much less than a year before moving on to the next facility. In this way, they might accrue doses at multiple facilities within a period of one year. At each facility, the accrued dose may or may not be substantive; however, the accrued dose for several facilities in one year could result in a total accrued dose that approaches the applicable dose limits. These workers’ doses should therefore be tracked over long time periods, and the responsibilities and arrangements for achieving this should be clearly established and documented.
Records of occupational exposure 6.71. The arrangements should be such as to ensure that, for each itinerant worker, an up to date record of the doses received and the status of health surveillance is available. This could be in the form of an output from a centralized database of workers’ exposure records or an individual document on radiological monitoring (sometimes referred to as an ‘individual radiation passbook’) or alternative individual dose record. Before starting contract work at a facility where radiation sources are used, the worker’s occupational exposure and health surveillance records should be made available to the management of the facility so that an appropriate plan for protection and safety can be established.
Records of occupational exposure 6.72. The worker’s record of occupational exposure should be kept up to date while they are working on-site, either by the management of the facility or by the contractor, depending on who has the relevant responsibility. To avoid delays in updating the record, estimated doses (based, for instance, on the results of workplace monitoring) could be recorded pending receipt of the results of the worker’s personal monitoring data. This provides a useful indication of the worker’s dose for the next facility manager if the worker has moved on to another facility in the meantime. It is the responsibility of the employer of the itinerant worker to ensure that the worker’s record of occupational exposure is kept up to date.
Training 6.73. In a facility in which radiation sources are used as part of normal operation, itinerant workers carrying out contract work in an area with no implications for protection and safety (e.g. cleaning, painting, general maintenance or construction in a supervised area) will require only a minimal knowledge of radiation protection and will need to be provided with only very basic information on any relevant precautions to be followed while in the supervised area. Conversely, itinerant workers who are required to carry out operations in controlled areas that necessitate complex tasks may need to be provided with training on topics such as access procedures, precautions to be taken, the use of personal protective equipment and procedural requirements. Itinerant workers bringing their own sources into a facility should be adequately trained in the safe use of these sources. It is the responsibility of the employer of the itinerant workers to ensure that training is provided. The management of the facility might need to be consulted on the level and content of the training required for the performance of contracted tasks in the workplace at the facility.
Training 6.74. In some situations — typically where the contractor has only limited experience of working with radiation — the management of the facility may provide the contractor and its employees with necessary information on protection and safety, including information relating to on-site emergencies. Depending on the circumstances, such information could take the form of notices, written instructions or the content of formal training. In other situations, the contractor may take responsibility for training, but the management of the facility should nevertheless provide, before the work commences, information about the risks relevant to the work and about any special training necessary. At a large establishment, the management of the facility could help to provide suitable training (in so far as it is relevant to the facility) either on behalf of the contractor or as a separate contractual arrangement. This training should be at a level similar to the training that the management of the facility provides for its own employees.
Training 6.75. Where the contractor takes responsibility for the training, it should assess the training needs of its employees. In consultation with the management of the facility and a qualified expert, as necessary, it should draw up a training programme that provides the appropriate level of training and information for any forthcoming work at the facility. In doing this, consideration should be given to the following:
  • The nature of the work to be carried out in the foreseeable future;

  • The potential for exposure associated with this work;

  • The extent of training already provided and qualifications obtained;

  • Site specific requirements at the facilities to be visited (e.g. entry procedures, the use of personal protective equipment, and emergency procedures).

Training 6.76. Several levels of training might need to be provided, depending on the nature of the work to be carried out. For example, only basic awareness training in radiation protection might be required for the majority of the workers, but more comprehensive training will be necessary for those staff who will act as radiation protection officers.
Review of protection and safety 6.77. The arrangements and procedures established by the management of a facility for radiation protection and safety for itinerant workers should be reviewed periodically to ensure that they remain appropriate and relevant to the work. If the same itinerant workers are on-site for a protracted period of time, their working practices should be reviewed and audited at appropriate intervals to assess the level of compliance with the arrangements and to identify any weaknesses in the procedures. Likewise, when new itinerant workers are about to commence work, the arrangements and procedures should be discussed with the contractor and the opportunity should be taken to review their continued validity.
Review of protection and safety 6.78. In carrying out the review, account should be taken of the following:
  • Changes in the working environment;

  • Legislative and regulatory changes;

  • Any modifications to working practices;

  • The level of adherence to current arrangements;

  • The practicability of current arrangements;

  • The adequacy of emergency plans;

  • The effectiveness of previously used arrangements and current arrangements in maintaining doses as low as reasonably achievable;

  • The need for changes to the radiological evaluation, the safety assessment for the planned work and the level of interaction with the regulatory body;

  • Lessons to be learned and operational experience.

Review of protection and safety 6.79. Item (g) in para. 6.78 is especially important. The effective optimization of doses received by itinerant workers is a principal objective of the arrangements and procedures. In assessing the adequacy of the arrangements, the management of the facility should therefore review the records of occupational exposure for itinerant workers while they were on-site, and should satisfy itself that they are appropriate to the type of work being undertaken. This review should be carried out in consultation with the other employers involved and, possibly, with advice from a suitable qualified expert.
Review of protection and safety 6.80. The outcome of the review will probably be a series of actions to be taken to rectify, improve or enhance the arrangements and procedures. These actions should be implemented as soon as reasonably practicable and, preferably, before itinerant workers next perform the tasks at the facility that are to be assessed. The findings of the assessment of the adequacy of the arrangements should be communicated to the workers affected and to their employers for their input and for incorporation into any revised contractual agreements and local rules and procedures.
Review of protection and safety 6.81. Contractors that have sources under their control should also review their internal arrangements and procedures at regular intervals. As a registrant or licensee, the contractor is responsible for restricting the doses received by its employees and for optimizing radiation protection. The contractor should have procedures in place for the ongoing review of results from dosimetry. As discussed, the arrangements and procedures for long term work at a single facility should be reviewed periodically in consultation with the management of the facility. The contractor should also review any ongoing arrangements and procedures that are followed for all site work, for example programmes for workers’ health surveillance, procedures for maintenance of equipment, and arrangements for keeping records of the location, description, activity and form of each source for which it is responsible.
Issues associated with specific types of facility Nuclear installations
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.82. Rigorous requirements have to be met before itinerant workers are granted access to a nuclear installation, owing to the potential for such workers in certain areas to receive high doses. These requirements may include adherence to some or all of the following procedures:
  • The contractor should enter the following information on an access approval form: (i) individual information regarding the worker; (ii) the contract reference; (iii) details of the employer; (iv) the professional skills of the worker together with relevant certificates; and (v) the expected duration of the operation. The contractor should then send the form to the management of the facility who should then add a description of the areas where access is permitted and the period of validity of the access permit to the facility and to the supervised areas and the controlled areas therein. For access to areas with high (or potentially high) dose rates, a specific type of permit should be used. The access procedure for a nuclear power plant can take several days to process.

  • On arrival of the itinerant worker at the nuclear power plant, a check should be made of all the information mentioned in para. 6.82(a), as well as: (i) the worker’s fitness for work; and (ii) the worker’s dose record over the current calendar year, over the past twelve months and the past five years.

  • Specific training should be provided on particular facility conditions and for actions required in the event of an emergency.

  • A check should be made of the compatibility of the skills of the itinerant worker with the work to be performed.

  • Itinerant workers should be able to justify their access to a controlled area by producing a radiation work permit developed in accordance with the facility’s work management system (see para. 3.96).

  • An individual dose objective for the itinerant worker should be established.

Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.83. Special procedures should be adopted for itinerant workers on short term contracts, such as the following:
  • An individual dose objective should be calculated on a pro rata temporary basis.

  • Access to areas of high (or potentially high) levels of radiation should be restricted or prohibited.

Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.84. In tasks involving high or potentially high dose rates, the following special training and procedures should be provided for itinerant workers:
  • A pre-work review, involving a detailed description of the work to be done, technical data, and dosimetric and environmental conditions.

  • A preliminary procedure to carry out the work, together with an associated dose estimate.

  • Training on a mock-up or, where reasonably feasible, a representative simulation of the actual job site or, if necessary, a briefing using descriptors of the job site (e.g. photographs or videos).

  • Feedback on this training, including the exposure time, difficulties in carrying out tasks, phases to be improved, specific tools to be developed and the number of people in the workplace simultaneously.

  • Anticipation, to the extent possible, of potential breakdowns of tools or equipment and of other operational incidents. This facilitates the formulation of corrective actions and the training of workers to carry out such actions in a manner that keeps doses as low as reasonably achievable.

  • Improvement of working procedures and estimated doses, and optimization of protection and safety.

  • Final training in accordance with such optimized procedures.

Issues associated with specific types of facility Facilities for performing medical exposures
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.85. The use of radioactive sources, accelerators and radiation generators for therapeutic purposes and the use of X ray generating equipment for diagnostic and interventional purposes are universal practices with the potential for high doses to workers. Equipment engineers and maintenance workers often fall into the category of itinerant workers. In addition, it is common practice for radiological medical practitioners, medical physicists, medical radiation technologists and other health professionals with specific duties in relation to medical uses of radiation to work in several hospitals and clinics. While they will be employed primarily by one hospital or hospital group, they will be acting as contractors in others. These workers should receive training in radiation protection in advance in their initial pre-qualification training and will be working in accordance with very similar procedures at each hospital.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.86. The critical issue in terms of itinerant workers in facilities for medical uses of radiation is the adequacy of the dosimetry arrangements. The workers should be provided with dosimeters by their primary employer and are likely to wear these dosimeters at every location. However, this practice can create difficulties when a high radiation dose is recorded on a dosimeter. In this situation, it might not be possible to determine from where the high dose was received and, thus, which employer is responsible for undertaking any investigation or corrective actions.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.87. Suitable dosimetry arrangements will entail the worker wearing a separate dosimeter for each employment location, possibly with the dosimeter from the principal employer being worn at all locations for primary record keeping purposes. These dosimetry arrangements should be made after consultation with all parties involved.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.88. In addition to dosimetry arrangements, itinerant workers should receive specific training to become familiarized with equipment, such as accelerators and X ray generating equipment, in all the facilities in which they will be working. This specific training on equipment should include operational details and safety aspects.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.89. The adequacy of measures for protection and safety where radiation generating machines or unsealed sources are used should be ensured. Radiation monitoring equipment suitable for the characteristics of the radiation fields should be available. Whole body or partial body shielding between the source and medical personnel is often used as a means of reducing dose. Personal protective equipment suitable for the situation (such as protective aprons and gloves, face or eye shields and thyroid collars) should also be made available where appropriate.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.90. When unsealed sources are used by the staff of the facility or of the contractor, rules and procedures for the control of surface contamination and airborne contamination, and the potential need for individual measurement programmes or supplementary workplace monitoring to assess whether measurable intakes of radionuclides occurred, are of relevance and should be considered. The prior radiological evaluation and discussions among all parties involved will be helpful in decision making.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.91. Certain precautions should also be taken to avoid unintentional and accidental medical exposures of workers (and patients) that could occur as a result of maintenance work performed by itinerant workers:
  • Sometimes, when itinerant workers perform maintenance services, changes are made to the default settings of the system (e.g. fluoroscopy modes in which the X ray beam is pulsed). Such changes should be registered so that the users of the systems are aware of them, and the responsible medical physicist at the facility should be informed personally.

  • To avoid the possibility of an accident resulting from the temporary deactivation of a safety interlock during maintenance of a system by an itinerant worker, backup measures should be in place to prevent the clinical use of the system in such circumstances.

  • After any work performed by an itinerant worker that affects radiation aspects or image quality aspects of the system, a detailed report should be prepared and submitted to the head of the service where the work was performed.

  • After any maintenance is performed on a system by an itinerant worker, the system should be left in a state ready to be used with patients. Sometimes, after repair of a film processor, the cassettes are loaded with exposed films, and this can lead to some patients being irradiated twice when the system is next used because the first images were not usable.

Issues associated with specific types of facility Mines involving exposure due to radon and/or due to naturally occurring radioactive material
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.92. Radon concentrations in underground mines depend on the ventilation conditions and can therefore reach high levels in some locations. The mining of uranium ore (and sometimes of certain other minerals) can involve external exposure and internal exposure of workers due to naturally occurring radioactive material. The hiring of contractors, both short term and long term, is commonplace in mines. The question of who is best placed to take responsibility for radiation protection measures (including training, health surveillance and the use of personal protective equipment) with respect to itinerant workers depends very much on the nature of the contract work, which can vary widely, as illustrated by the following two examples:
  • In some mines, contractors are hired to carry out normal day to day mining operations that may be conducted on a large scale and may continue for a long time. In such situations, it may be best to place responsibility for the management and control of radiation exposure of itinerant workers with the management of the mine. The management should already have the necessary competence and infrastructure in place, and this competence and infrastructure will almost certainly be greater than that possessed by the contractor.

  • Contractors may be hired to carry out specialized, non-routine tasks that do not form part of the day to day operation of the mine, such as the installation and maintenance of plant and equipment in the mine, excavation of ore passes15 and sinking of shafts. Such tasks may sometimes involve higher exposure levels than those encountered during normal operations. It is possible, in such circumstances, that the contractor may be better placed to take responsibility for the radiation protection of its employees because of the specialized nature of the work and because the contractor performs this work on a routine basis and is likely to be more familiar with the particular radiation hazards involved. The contractor also has the advantage of being more easily able to keep track of its employees’ radiation doses over long periods. On the other hand, the contractor’s experience in carrying out such specialized work may have been gained mostly in situations where the radiological hazards were insignificant, in which case the responsibility for radiation protection may be better placed with the management of the mine, even though the work is of a specialized nature. The mine management should then familiarize itself with the radiation hazards associated with such specialized work.

Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.93. The full range of options with respect to the assignment of operational responsibilities should be kept open and, as a general rule, the responsibility should lie with the employer having the greatest levels of competence and infrastructure for radiation protection for the tasks in question. Because many workplaces in mines are remote and relatively inaccessible, supervision of work activities can be difficult. There should be close and sustained interaction between the management of the mine and the contractor.
Issues associated with specific types of facility Facilities for the extraction and processing of minerals
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.94. Facilities for the extraction and processing of minerals normally involve the use of radioactive materials and/or radiation generators. Sealed sources, often with very high activities, are used extensively in measurement and control devices. Widespread use is made of industrial X ray generating equipment for testing the integrity of piping and pressure vessels. Unsealed radioactive materials are often used as tracers, such as in oil and gas pipelines [26]. In addition, the presence of minerals and mineral processing residues can result in exposure due to naturally occurring radioactive material [24–29].
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.95. Extensive use is made of contractors in such facilities, not all of whom have the necessary specialist knowledge in protection and safety to be able to take responsibility for the control of exposure of their workers. It is common practice in the chemical industry and in the oil and gas industry to use contractors for specialized jobs, such as the removal of scale and sediment from the interior of vessels, or the demolition and removal of a redundant plant, and these operations may involve working on parts of the plant that are contaminated with naturally occurring radioactive material. Itinerant workers in these situations often work at a particular facility for much less than a year, but they could be exposed to radiation that, if sustained, would give rise to annual doses approaching or exceeding the relevant dose limits. The occupational exposure of such workers should be carefully managed.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.96. The nature of many specialist tasks involving exposure of itinerant workers to naturally occurring radioactive material with relatively high activity concentrations (e.g. the removal of radium rich pipe scale) is such that there may be significant scope for optimization of doses. It may be possible to achieve substantial reductions in doses with relatively simple modifications to the work (see, for instance, Ref. [26]). The management of the facility and the management of the contractor should both be alert to the possibility that fulfilment of the requirements for optimization may be overlooked more easily in specialized tasks involving itinerant workers than in routine normal operation of the facility.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.97. In many cases, the contractor’s knowledge of protection and safety is limited. The contractor’s employees should be made aware of the implications of the work for radiation protection and the procedures to restrict exposure. The management of the facility and the contractor should discuss the radiation protection aspects of the work at the planning stage. The topics covered should include the following:
  • The hazards posed by sealed sources (e.g. nuclear gauges) and by naturally occurring radioactive material (e.g. radium rich scale) in various parts of the plant;

  • The presence of controlled areas or supervised areas;

  • Procedures to be followed to optimize protection so that exposure is as low as reasonably achievable;

  • The use of appropriate personal protective equipment;

  • Supervision;

  • Dose assessment and maintenance of dose records;

  • Waste management;

  • Training;

  • Actions to take if ventilation, dust control or other relevant control systems fail or are taken out of service.

Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.98. The site operator should, if necessary, assist the contractor in performing a prior radiological evaluation and in developing local rules and procedures. In view of the nature of the work and the precautions to be taken, the contractor’s employees should receive training in the hazards of radiation exposure, pathways of exposure, the procedures to be followed for restricting exposure and the duties of the radiation protection officer. The site operator should, if necessary, arrange this training on behalf of the contractor.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.99. The management of the facility should also, if necessary, discuss with the contractor any non-radiological risks at the facility or specifically at the work site where the itinerant workers will be. The management should ensure that mutually agreed techniques are developed for the management of such risks in a coherent manner with the radiation risks.
Issues associated with specific types of facility 6.100. The nature of specialized tasks involving exposure of itinerant workers due to naturally occurring radioactive material with relatively high activity concentrations is such that there may be significant opportunities for optimization of radiation protection. It may be possible to achieve substantial reductions in projected doses with relatively simple modifications to the work plan. An example is in the use of engineered controls to reduce the buildup of scale, sludge and sediments or to facilitate maintenance work involving the removal of accumulated contaminants. Changes in the local rules and procedures for this type of work might also be found to reduce doses with a reasonable allocation of resources. Contractors and the management of the facility should be alert to the possibility that meeting the requirements for optimization could require a high level of attention by the management to specialized tasks involving itinerant workers.
Monitoring programme 7.1. Doses received by workers from external exposure should be assessed and can, in most circumstances, be readily assessed from the results of a systematic programme of individual monitoring. Doses may also be assessed from the results of workplace monitoring. GSR Part 3 [2] sets out the requirements with regard to the use of individual monitoring and workplace monitoring for dose assessment purposes (see para. 3.116).
Monitoring programme Individual monitoring
Monitoring programme 7.2. Where individual monitoring of workers is to be performed, each worker should be provided with an integrating personal dosimeter.
Monitoring programme 7.3. Individual dosimetry should be performed by a dosimetry service approved by the regulatory body. The regulatory body should require such a service to supply dosimeters capable of measuring Hp(10), Hp(3) and/or Hp(0.07), as appropriate, with adequate accuracy for all relevant types of radiation. Recommendations and guidance on the management system for dosimetry service providers are given in Section 8.
Monitoring programme 7.4. For controlling individual exposure on a day to day basis, or during a particular task, it should be considered whether it is necessary to use supplementary dosimeters of the direct reading type (i.e. active dosimeters). Direct reading dosimeters can provide estimates of an individual’s dose with a frequency greater than that provided by typical routine dosimetry and can give information on dose rates. Such a dosimeter can be useful for optimization purposes.
Monitoring programme 7.5. While an active dosimeter is usually used only for purposes of dose control, it can also be used, with prior approval by the regulatory body, as a replacement for the dosimeter designated by the regulatory body for record keeping purposes (the dosimeter of record). In such cases, the same procedures for approval by the regulatory body should apply. The active dosimeter should be of a suitable design for use as the dosimeter of record. It should, for instance, have an adequate energy range, sensitivity, linearity and precision; it should be reliable; and sufficient quality control measures and periodic calibration procedures should be in place. It should be taken into consideration that active dosimeters (especially electronic dosimeters) often perform poorly in pulsed radiation fields. This should be an important consideration when, for instance, measuring the dose to the lens of the eye, Hp(3), in image guided interventional procedures in medical uses of radiation. Performance tests for electronic dosimeters for pulsed fields of ionizing radiation should be conducted in accordance with Ref. [45].
Monitoring programme 7.6. In most cases, a single dosimeter worn on the trunk is adequate. This dosimeter should be placed in the position at which the highest exposure at the surface of the trunk is expected. For radiation incident primarily from the front, or when the incidence is expected to be rotationally symmetrical or isotropic, the dosimeter should be worn on the front of the torso, between the shoulders and the waist. Conversely, if the radiation is primarily from the back, the dosimeter should be worn on the back of the torso (see para. 7.121).
Monitoring programme 7.7. In an inhomogeneous radiation field, it may be useful for workers to wear additional dosimeters on other parts of the body in order to obtain a better assessment of the effective dose received. In some situations — for example in medical uses of radiation, where protective clothing such as lead aprons can be used — it is advisable to use one dosimeter under the protective clothing and one on an unshielded part of the body. The readings from the two dosimeters can then be combined by the use of suitable algorithms to give an estimate of the total effective dose. There are many algorithms available and the accuracy depends on many factors, such as the thickness of any lead apron worn, the use of a thyroid shield and exposure parameters. Further information on the use of such algorithms can be found in Refs [46–48].
Monitoring programme 7.8. If a worker is liable to receive an equivalent dose to the extremities, skin or lens of the eye that is a sizeable fraction of the relevant dose limit specified in paras 3.35 and 3.39, the individual dosimetry employed should be capable of providing the information needed for an assessment of the equivalent dose to the tissue or organ concerned. In situations with non-homogeneous exposure conditions for which whole body monitoring does not provide an adequate estimate of the dose to the skin, extremities or lens of the eye, these tissues and organs should be monitored separately. For example:
  • Monitoring of hands and fingers should be considered for workplaces where extremities are particularly close to the radiation emitter or radiation beam, such as in situations where radioactive sources are handled in research, nuclear medicine and dismantling operations.

  • Monitoring of extremities, including monitoring of feet, should be considered in interventional cardiology or radiology and in workplaces in nuclear medicine.

  • Monitoring of skin should be considered for workplaces where skin is close to the radiation emitter or radiation beam or can become contaminated, for instance in the handling of unsealed sources.

  • Monitoring of the lens of the eye should be considered in workplaces where the eyes are particularly close to the radiation emitter (which can also be a source of stray radiation) or the radiation beam. Workers for whom exposure of the lens of the eye might be important and for whom monitoring should be considered include workers in the medical sector, such as staff working in close proximity to patients in image guided interventional procedures, staff carrying out certain activities in nuclear medicine, staff involved in manual brachytherapy, staff involved in computed tomography guided biopsy and cyclotron engineers. Other examples of workers who could receive significant doses to the lens of the eye include workers in nuclear facilities such as those involved in the fabrication of mixed oxide fuels, in laboratory studies using glove boxes and in decommissioning.

Monitoring programme 7.9. When extremity dosimeters are used, they should be worn in positions that will measure the dose to the areas of the body expected to receive the highest dose. Often, the location of the maximum dose to the skin or to an extremity is not known in advance, or it is not practicable to wear a dosimeter at these locations. In such cases, a correction factor should be used to estimate the maximum dose [49].
Monitoring programme 7.10. When it is necessary to monitor the dose to the lens of the eye, the personal dose equivalent Hp(3) should ideally be measured. However, suitable Hp(3) dosimeters are not yet widely available and in certain circumstances the measurement of Hp(0.07) or sometimes Hp(10) can provide a sufficiently accurate estimate of Hp(3) [11]. More details are provided in Ref. [50]. The need for a separate eye lens dosimeter and its positioning on the body depend on the type, energy, direction and homogeneity of the radiation field, as well as on the use of shielding:
  • For neutron radiation, where homogenous radiation fields are usually present, separate eye lens dosimetry is not necessary because neutron whole body monitoring usually gives a conservative estimate of the dose to the lens of the eye, irrespective of the energy and direction of incidence of the radiation (see para. 246 of Ref. [9] and also table 1 in Ref. [51] in comparison with table A.41 in Ref. [9]).

  • For photon radiation, separate dosimetry for the lens of the eye is usually the only suitable method for determining the dose to the lens of the eye:

    • (i) If the radiation field is inhomogeneous, the dosimeter should always be located near the eyes, if possible in contact with the skin and facing towards the radiation source.

    • (ii) It is usually acceptable to measure Hp(0.07) but not Hp(10) [11, 52]; however, the measurement of Hp(10) may also be acceptable if the mean photon energy is greater than about 40 keV and if the radiation is incident mainly from the front or the person is moving in the radiation field [52].

    • (iii) If eye shielding in the form of lead glasses is used, the dosimeter should preferably be located behind the eye shielding; where this is not practicable, the dosimeter should be worn above, or next to, the eyes and possibly covered by a filter that mimics the attenuation provided by the lead glasses.

    • (iv) If shielding for the trunk (e.g. a lead apron) is used, monitoring near the eyes is necessary because monitoring behind the shielding underestimates the dose to the lens of the eye.

  • For beta radiation, monitoring is necessary only if the maximum beta energy exceeds 700 keV, since beta radiation of lower energy does not penetrate to the lens of the eye:

    • (i) If eye shields (e.g. glasses) are used that are thick enough to absorb the beta radiation16, only photon radiation should be considered, but account should be taken of any bremsstrahlung contributions (both outside and behind the shielding) produced by high energy beta radiation.

    • (ii) If adequate eye shields are not used, separate dosimetry for the lens of the eye is necessary and Hp(3) is the quantity that should be measured.

    • (iii) As beta radiation fields are usually rather inhomogeneous, the dosimeter should be positioned near the eyes.

Monitoring programme 7.11. For some categories of worker, it might be sufficient to use computational tools to estimate the individual dose. For example, cosmic radiation fields in aircraft are fairly uniform and predictable. Computer codes have been developed for assessing the doses received by aircrew from cosmic radiation and have been validated against measurements (see para. 5.80).
Monitoring programme 7.12. The period of deployment of the dosimeter (the monitoring period) should be established by the management on the basis of advice, as appropriate, from a qualified expert or radiation protection officer and dosimetry service provider. Account should be taken of the type of work being performed, the anticipated exposure associated with the work, the characteristics of the dosimeters (e.g. fading characteristics), the overall limit of detection of the dosimetry system and, if applicable, any additional requirements by the regulatory body. Unless exposures are particularly low or uniform in time, a monitoring period of one month should generally be used. Where the characteristics of the dosimeter allow, monitoring periods as long as three months may be acceptable for exposures that will generally lead to doses well below the relevant dose limit. A monitoring period of between a week and a month may be appropriate, where the rate of exposure is very non-uniform. Shorter monitoring periods, such as one week or even the duration of a specific procedure, may be advisable when setting up new procedures, when optimizing working conditions or when there is a high potential for exposure. If daily monitoring is required, a direct reading dosimeter should be used.
Monitoring programme Workplace monitoring
Monitoring programme 7.13. Careful consideration should be given to the selection of locations for workplace monitoring and to the number of instruments deployed. The locations selected for workplace monitoring should be representative of worker occupancy, as determined on the basis of expected operational activities. If the radiation field is well characterized and uniform in space and does not vary significantly with time, it should be considered whether the installation of only a few instruments for workplace monitoring, or even just a single instrument, could be justified to be sufficient. In contrast, more monitoring instruments should be used if the dose rate varies significantly with time or in space. The use of portable instruments may be helpful, provided that supporting documentation is maintained to specify the place and time of each measurement.
Monitoring programme 7.14. The frequency of routine monitoring of the workplace should depend on the occupancy factor and the expected changes in the radiation environment:
  • Where no substantial alterations to the protective shielding or to the processes conducted in the workplace are to be expected, routine monitoring should be used only occasionally, for checking purposes.

  • Where changes in the radiation field in the workplace are to be expected, but are unlikely to be rapid or severe, periodic or occasional checks, mainly at pre-established locations, should be made, which will usually give sufficient and timely warning of deteriorating conditions.

  • Where sudden unexpected increases in exposure might result in a significant dose being received by a worker, provision should be made for the continuous monitoring of exposures.

  • Where individual doses are assessed on the basis of the results of routine workplace monitoring, that workplace monitoring should be continuous and should be representative of all working areas in the workplace.

Choice of monitoring system Personal dosimeters
Choice of monitoring system 7.15. The choice of a personal dosimeter should be based on the conditions in the workplace, such as the type of radiation and its energy distribution and directional distribution, the range of expected doses and dose rates, and the environmental conditions.
Choice of monitoring system 7.16. A dosimeter of the following types in particular should be used:
  • Photon dosimeters, giving information only on the personal dose equivalent Hp(10).

  • Beta–photon dosimeters, giving information on the personal dose equivalents Hp(0.07) and Hp(10).

  • Extremity dosimeters, giving information on Hp(0.07) for beta–photon radiation.

  • Eye lens dosimeters, giving information on Hp(3) or Hp(0.07) for beta–photon radiation (and for neutrons, if neutron sources are being handled, Hp(10) can provide an approximate estimate of Hp(3)); dosimeters designed specifically for Hp(3) are not yet widely available (however, see para. 2.38).

  • Neutron dosimeters, giving information on Hp(10).

Choice of monitoring system 7.17. For radiation fields for which only photon radiation should be considered, it is usually sufficient to measure only Hp(10). A simple dosimeter is therefore adequate in most practical situations. For a wide range of photon energies, thermoluminescent dosimeters, optically stimulated luminescent dosimeters, photoluminescent glass dosimeters or photographic film dosimeters should be considered, provided that they exhibit an adequate energy and angular dependence. In addition, many active dosimeters (or semi-active dosimeters, such as the ‘direct ion storage’ dosimeter) are available that can reliably measure Hp(10).
Choice of monitoring system 7.18. The value of Hp(10) can be estimated with a single detector that should have an energy dependence such that the output signal is acceptably proportional to the absorbed dose in tissue (i.e. it is tissue equivalent), and that should be covered with material of a thickness corresponding to a thickness of 10 mm of soft tissue. Such a dosimeter should be responsive to the backscattered radiation from the body. When the detector is not acceptably tissue equivalent, multiple detectors should be used and their measurement results should be combined using a suitable algorithm.
Choice of monitoring system 7.19. Measurement of Hp(10) is often sufficient to assess a worker’s exposure. However, if the radiation field contains significant amounts of weakly penetrating radiation (such as beta particles, or photons of energy less than 15 keV), Hp(0.07) may be comparable with, or significantly larger than, Hp(10). For such fields, the dosimeter should be capable of measuring the personal dose equivalent at a depth of 0.07 mm.
Choice of monitoring system 7.20. For the measurement of Hp(0.07), a simple, single element dosimeter may be sufficient. For the best accuracy in measuring low energy beta radiation, the detector should be thin and filtered by a thickness of tissue substitute such that the dose at a nominal depth of 7 mg/cm2 (or 0.07 mm) can be assessed.17 For example, a measurement made using a tissue equivalent detector with a thickness of 5 mg/cm2, corresponding to an effective thickness of 3 mg/cm2, beneath a tissue equivalent filter with a thickness of approximately 4 mg/cm2 would suffice.
Choice of monitoring system 7.21. The selection and use of extremity dosimeters should take account of practical considerations in terms of the persons who wear them. For example, the maximum skin dose on the hand is often at the tip of the finger, but for some groups of workers, it may be difficult to wear extremity dosimeters on the fingers, especially on the fingertips. Also, it is not always known in advance where the maximum skin dose will occur. Problems may arise because of requirements for sterilization or because the dosimeters need to be worn under gloves. There may also be problems of contamination associated with the dosimeter. In such situations, there may be severe constraints on the design and size of the dosimeter. If no suitable dosimeter is available, a pragmatic solution should be found (e.g. the use of a dosimeter at the base of the finger instead of on the fingertip) and correction factors should be applied where necessary.
Choice of monitoring system 7.22. Most types of neutron dosimeter cannot provide information on personal dose equivalents due to neutron radiation with sufficient accuracy over the whole energy range of interest. Extra effort is necessary if individual monitoring for neutrons is necessary. Since gamma radiation is always present in neutron fields, a photon dosimeter should always be worn together with a neutron dosimeter. In some neutron fields, the ratio of personal dose equivalent due to neutron radiation to personal dose equivalent due to gamma radiation has been found to vary by orders of magnitude. Personal dose equivalents due to neutron radiation cannot therefore be derived with sufficient accuracy from measurements of personal dose equivalent due to gamma radiation by assuming a constant ratio for a given workplace.
Choice of monitoring system 7.23. Doses from exposure due to thermal, intermediate and fast neutrons can be assessed by using dosimeters of various types, such as an albedo dosimeter, a track etch dosimeter, a bubble detector or an electronic dosimeter. However, each type of neutron dosimeter has its own specific limitations in terms of neutron energy range, sensitivity, practical usefulness and photon sensitivity. The choice of a neutron dosimetry system is therefore not straightforward and will depend on many practical aspects.
Choice of monitoring system 7.24. One major limitation of existing neutron dosimetry systems is the energy dependence. No neutron dosimeter can, at the same time, measure thermal, intermediate and fast neutrons with the same accuracy as that obtainable for the measurement of photon radiation with photon dosimeters. When the neutron doses are substantial, a more detailed study of the neutron spectrum in the workplace is therefore needed. With this information, a local energy correction factor for the dosimeter readings should be applied. This local energy correction factor could be significantly influenced by the directional distribution of the neutron field.
Choice of monitoring system 7.25. The choice of a dosimeter for use in a particular radiation field may require a normalization factor to be applied in order to minimize uncertainties in the measurement of Hp(10) and in the estimation of effective dose.
Choice of monitoring system 7.26. There are situations in which the radiation field experienced by a worker could increase unexpectedly and significantly (e.g. by a factor of ten). For the control of doses in such situations, supplementary dosimeters should be worn that can give early information on short term changes in the radiation field in the working environment. An example of a dosimeter of this type is the active warning dosimeter, which provides an audible or visual alarm if a certain level of dose or of dose rate is exceeded.
Choice of monitoring system 7.27. For operations of short duration in high radiation fields, special monitoring programmes should be designed that include the use of active warning devices. In highly non-uniform radiation fields, additional body and extremity dosimeters should be worn (e.g. on the fingers, ankles, knees or head). Active dosimeters for extremity monitoring are now available.
Choice of monitoring system 7.28. Further information on personal monitoring systems for the assessment of external exposure is presented in Appendix II.
Choice of monitoring system Workplace monitoring systems and instruments
Choice of monitoring system 7.29. A workplace monitoring instrument should be appropriate for its intended use. Care should be taken to verify that the instrument is suitable for the type of radiation to be measured and that its results are not seriously affected by other types of radiation that might be encountered.
Choice of monitoring system 7.30. A workplace dose rate monitoring instrument should generally have the following characteristics:
  • The instrument should indicate the dose equivalent rate, although additional functions should sometimes be considered, such as the calculation of the accumulated dose or the time remaining for safe occupancy.

  • The dose rate range of the instrument should be adequate to cover the range of dose rates that could reasonably be expected to be encountered in practice.

  • When a monitor is exposed beyond its range, the indication should remain high and off scale.

Choice of monitoring system 7.31. In areas where the possibility of a sudden unexpected increase in exposure necessitates the continuous monitoring of the workplace (see para. 7.14(c)), workplace monitoring instruments should be permanently installed and should be fitted with appropriate audio and/or visual alarms to warn of unacceptable conditions. The display may be routed to a control room, where appropriate, for initiating prompt action.
Choice of monitoring system 7.32. For mixed beta–gamma fields in which the relative contributions of beta and gamma radiation to the dose equivalent rate can change substantially as a consequence of minor changes in the operations, it should be considered whether it is necessary to use two types of instrument. Alternatively, one instrument can be used, provided that it is capable of measuring both the ambient dose equivalent H*(10) and the directional dose equivalent H′(0.07, Ω).
Choice of monitoring system 7.33. Workplace monitoring can also be performed with passive dosimeters, which provide a wide dynamic range. In general, however, such dosimeters are not ideally suited to dose assessment applications, particularly where dose rates might vary significantly with time, as they give no information about the time dependence of the radiation field.
Choice of monitoring system 7.34. Spectrometers can be a useful supplement to workplace monitoring instruments and are necessary when the information about the radiation spectrum will further support the performance of the workplace monitoring instrument.
Choice of monitoring system 7.35. While it is possible to use workplace monitoring at relevant locations for estimating doses to the lens of the eye, no workplace monitoring instruments are currently available for measuring the directional dose equivalent H′(3, Ω); therefore, special care is needed in selecting alternative instruments. The considerations that apply in this regard are the same as those for the measurement of the personal dose equivalent Hp(3) (see para. 7.10).
Choice of monitoring system 7.36. The measurement of cosmic radiation fields on board passenger aircraft is described in Refs [53–55]. Currently, such measurements are not made on a routine basis for purposes of assessment of exposure, since it has been shown that the doses received by aircrew can be reliably calculated by using computer codes and taking flight routes and altitudes as input data (see paras 5.80 and 7.11). Where such measurements are required on a non-routine basis, instruments measuring the ambient dose equivalent H*(10) should be used [38]. Instruments sensitive to neutrons as well as to low linear energy transfer radiation are required. Some instruments such as tissue equivalent proportional counters, silicon semiconductor linear energy transfer spectrometers and recombination ionization chambers are capable of measuring dose components for both high and low linear energy transfer radiation. For this reason, such instruments, in particular the tissue equivalent proportional counter, have been suggested as reference instruments for cosmic radiation measurements. Alternatively, for dosimetric purposes the field can be divided into a component for particles of low linear energy transfer (≤5 keV/μm) and a component for particles of high  linear energy transfer (>5–10 keV/μm); or alternatively into two slightly different  components, the non-neutron component and the neutron component, which includes the contribution to the dose equivalent rate by high energy protons. The deposition by particles of low linear energy transfer can be determined by using ionization chambers, scintillation counters, silicon based detectors, passive luminescence detectors or ion storage devices. The component of high linear energy transfer can be measured by using special neutron survey meters (with an extended energy range response), passive track etch detectors, bubble detectors (superheated drop detectors) or fission foils with damage track detectors.
Choice of monitoring system 7.37. Personal dosimeters are, in principle, not suitable for workplace monitoring, as the measurement quantities are different. The dose equivalent quantity for workplace monitoring is defined free in air, and the conversion coefficient from air kerma has no dependence on the angle of radiation incidence. The quantity for personal monitoring is defined in a phantom, and the conversion coefficient has a strong dependence on the angle of radiation incidence, especially at low energies. Where there are compelling reasons for using a personal dosimeter for workplace monitoring, for example by mounting it on a wall in a controlled area, such use should at least be accompanied by a careful consideration of the associated additional uncertainty. The results of a type test in terms of H*(10) can be used to estimate this uncertainty (see paras 7.94 and 7.95).
Choice of monitoring system 7.38. Further information on workplace monitoring instruments for the assessment of external exposure is given in Appendix III.
Specifications for monitoring equipment Personal dosimeters
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.39. The essential dosimetric performance specifications for personal dosimeters should be such as to meet the objectives of individual monitoring. Information relating to specifications for dosimetric performance can be found in various publications, including Refs [9, 56–61].
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.40. A basic objective of personal dosimetry is to provide a reliable measurement of the operational quantities Hp(10), Hp(3) and Hp(0.07) for almost all practical situations, independent of the type, energy and direction of incidence of the radiation, and with a prescribed overall accuracy. Other characteristics of dosimeters that should be considered from a practical point of view include their size, shape and weight, and their identification.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.41. The accuracy that can be expected when making measurements with individual dosimeters in the workplace is discussed in para. 251 of Ref. [56], which states that:
Specifications for monitoring equipment Strictly speaking, this statement applies to the assessment of effective dose and equivalent dose, but, for doses below the relevant annual dose limit, it can also be applied to the operational quantities.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.42. The statement of the ICRP quoted in para. 7.41 should be taken to mean that, for doses of the order of the annual dose limits, the apparent annual doses received by an individual — Hp(10), Hp(3) and Hp(0.07), as indicated by a number of basic dosimeters, issued regularly during the year and worn on the surface of the body — should not differ by more than −33% or +50% (at the  95% confidence level) from the personal dose equivalents that would be indicated by an ideal dosimeter worn at the same point at the same times.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.43. For single measurements of the operational quantities, the ICRU [58] recommends that:
Specifications for monitoring equipment “in most cases, an overall uncertainty of one standard deviation of 30% should be acceptable. …The error of instruments may substantially exceed this limit at some radiation energies and for certain angles of incidence, but conform to it when they occur in a radiation field with a broad energy spectrum and broad angular distribution.”
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.44. Concerning the determination of a value for the recording level (i.e. the dose above which the recording of doses is required), the ICRP states in para. 232 of Ref. [56] that:
Specifications for monitoring equipment “The Commission now considers that the recording level for individual monitoring should be derived from the duration of the monitoring period and an annual effective dose of no lower than 1 mSv or an annual equivalent dose of about 10% of the relevant dose limit.”
Specifications for monitoring equipment Doses just below this recording level will not be included in assessments of a worker’s dose, and this, therefore, indicates that an absolute uncertainty R (in terms of dose) is acceptable, where R is given by:
Specifications for monitoring equipment R=L·monitoringperiod(months)12(24)
Specifications for monitoring equipment Here, L is 1 mSv or 10% of the relevant annual equivalent dose limit, as appropriate. This sets a realistic accuracy criterion for the measurement of doses in the low dose range. Consequently, the minimum level of detection should be at least the recording level. Guidance on minimum levels of detection and other characteristic parameters in measuring radiation can be found in Ref. [62].
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.45. Thus, the recommendations of the ICRP in Ref. [56] indicate acceptable levels of uncertainty at two dose levels:
  • In the region near the relevant dose limit, a factor of 1.5 in either direction is considered acceptable.

  • In the region of the recording level, an acceptable uncertainty of ±100% is implied.

Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.46. This formulation of acceptable uncertainties leads to a step function, and a smoothing procedure is, therefore, desirable. To assist in this procedure, a recommendation on acceptable uncertainties in the intermediate dose range is taken from an earlier ICRP publication [63]. This publication recommends that a factor of two in either direction is an acceptable uncertainty for doses of about one fifth of the relevant dose limit. On this basis, the allowable accuracy interval can be smoothed as a function of dose level [64]. The upper limit RUL is given by:
Specifications for monitoring equipment RUL=1.51+H02H0+H1(25)
Specifications for monitoring equipment where H1 is the conventional true dose and H0 is the lowest dose that needs to be measured (i.e. the recording level, which is equal to R in Eq. (24)). The lower limit RLL is given by:
Specifications for monitoring equipment RLL=0forH1H011.512H0H0+H1forH1H0(26)
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.47. For Hp(10), with a monitoring period of 1 month, H0 is 0.08 mSv (using 1 mSv in Eq. (24)). For Hp(0.07), with a monitoring period of 1 month, H0 is 4.2 mSv (based on 10% of the annual limit of 500 mSv for extremities or the skin). For Hp(3), with a monitoring period of 1 month, H0 is 0.17 mSv (based on 10% of the annual limit of 20 mSv for the lens of the eye). These recording levels are, of course, dependent on the monitoring periods. The accuracy intervals for Hp(10) and Hp(0.07), the most widely used quantities, are shown graphically in Fig. 4. It should be noted that any changes in the value of the recording level will influence the shape of the trumpet curve in the low dose region.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.48. The performance criteria presented in these paragraphs should be used for demonstrating that the recommendations of the ICRP [56] on overall accuracy have been followed. However, it is recognized that national requirements may make it necessary to adopt other criteria, which may be more stringent or have more mathematical rigour, for purposes of accreditation and performance testing.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.49. For doses to the extremities from exposure to low energy electrons or positrons, the required accuracy is achievable for some designs of dosimeters, but there can be difficulties associated mainly with the thickness of the detector and/or the covering.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.50. From considerations of the response characteristics of personal neutron dosimeters in current use, and from results of intercomparisons, there are certainly difficulties in meeting the accuracy criteria for measurement of neutron doses. Even with a criterion of 50%, it might not be possible with any current design of dosimeter to meet the criterion over the full range of neutron energies possibly encountered in the workplace. However, for those neutron energies for which there are the greatest difficulties, the contributions to the total dose are generally small. In practice, therefore, a combined standard uncertainty of 50% should be achievable for single measurements in actual workplace fields. The use of a workplace field specific correction factor should enable an overall uncertainty for the assessment of annual effective dose within the limit of a factor of 1.5 to be achieved.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.51. Where the external field has both a photon and a neutron component, the overall uncertainty is derived from the uncertainties for the two assessments or measurements. If, as is usually the case, the photon component is larger, a larger uncertainty for the neutron component can be accommodated, while still meeting the general criterion for the total dose. In general, contributions from intakes of radionuclides also have to be included. For these contributions, the combined uncertainties may be substantially greater than 50%.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.52. By using knowledge of the energy and angular spectra of the workplace fields, the uncertainty of a dose assessment can be reduced by applying correction and/or normalization factors. This can be determined by carrying out in-field calibrations or by using information on the workplace field characteristics combined with the energy and angular characteristics of the dosimeter.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.53. The detailed determination of radiation energy and directional distributions requires the use of specialists and specialized equipment. The measurements can thus be time consuming and expensive. In such cases, an alternative method can be used. The readings of the routine dosimeter can be compared with on-phantom readings of specialized devices which give a better determination of the operational quantities, but are generally not suitable for routine use. Multiple dosimeters can be used on the same phantom to mimic rotation of the worker.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.54. The determination of field specific correction factors should be the responsibility of the employer but should be carried out in consultation with the radiation protection officer or qualified expert or the dosimetry service, as appropriate, using information supplied by the dosimetry service on the characteristics of the dosimeter.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.55. In addition to the numerical criteria for the performance of personal dosimeters, criteria concerning their use in practice and economic factors should be considered. Criteria of this kind include, but are not limited to, the following:
  • Low cost;

  • Low weight, convenient size and shape, and convenient and reliable fastening clips;

  • Adequate mechanical strength and dust tightness;

  • Unambiguous identification;

  • Ease of handling;

  • Reliable readout systems;

  • Reliable supplier who will continue to provide dosimeters over a long period;

  • Adaptability to various applications (e.g. measurement of body dose and extremity dose);

  • Availability of, and ease of, calibration;

  • Suitability for automatic processing.

Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.56. For dosimetry of the extremities, particular attention should be paid to the mechanical strength of the dosimeters and to their temperature and humidity resistance, as these dosimeters are often used in abnormal working environments.
Specifications for monitoring equipment Workplace monitoring instruments
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.57. Workplace monitoring instruments used for dose assessment should be calibrated in terms of the operational quantities H*(10) and H’(0.07, Ω). They should operate within prescribed criteria for overall accuracy, taking into account the dependence on radiation energy, direction of incidence, temperature, radiofrequency interference and other quantities of influence. As with personal dosimeters, the energy and direction dependences of the response in particular should be considered.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.58. In line with ICRU recommendations (see para. 7.43) on the acceptable uncertainty value for single measurements of the operational quantities in individual monitoring, an overall uncertainty of one standard deviation of 30% would be appropriate and should be used for workplace monitoring instruments. This value should be applied to performance under laboratory test conditions (standard test conditions), and it may not be achievable under normal operational conditions.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.59. In addition to the energy and the angular response, several factors can influence the accuracy and reliability of measurements. The factors that should be assessed include:
  • Ability to withstand shock and vibration;

  • Independence of atmospheric pressure on the response;

  • Dust tightness;

  • Water resistance;

  • Independence of dose rate on the response;

  • Correctness of the response in pulsed fields (as applicable);

  • Insensitivity to electric fields and magnetic fields;

  • Stability under extremes of temperature and humidity;

  • Insensitivity to radiation types not to be measured;

  • Response time;

  • Stability of response over time (minimal drift);

  • Sensitivity and coefficient of variation.

Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.60. Other features of workplace monitoring instruments should be considered, as appropriate, including weight, cost, ease of handling and of reading, and the need for reliable and continuing maintenance and support.
Specifications for monitoring equipment 7.61. In some industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material, such as mining and oil and gas production, conditions can be particularly harsh. In such conditions, the design and construction of workplace monitoring instruments should be suitably rugged. There may also be a risk of flammable atmospheres. Workplace monitoring instruments used in such applications should be designed and constructed to meet the requirements for intrinsic safety. This limits the choice of suitable instruments because most do not meet such safety requirements.
Estimation of uncertainties 7.62. The assessment of uncertainty in measurement is the basis for quantifying the accuracy of the measurements. International guidance on the metrological aspects of dosimetry can be found in publications developed by the Joint Committee for Guides in Metrology.18 The two fundamental reference documents are the International Vocabulary of Metrology: Basic and General Concepts and Associated Terms (VIM) [65] and Evaluation of Measurement Data: Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement [66]. Further guidance relating to uncertainty in measurement can be found in Refs [60, 67–73].
Estimation of uncertainties 7.63. In the evaluation of uncertainty, all knowledge of the dosimeter and its associated evaluation system (e.g. thermoluminescent dosimeter reader, densitometer and track counting system) or of the workplace monitoring instrument, both from experience and from type testing (see paras 7.72–7.81, 7.94 and 7.95), should be used, possibly in combination with information from the client or customer, such as information on local exposure and storage conditions.
Estimation of uncertainties 7.64. The evaluation of the uncertainty should use a mathematical model of the dosimetry system. This mathematical model can be given as:
Estimation of uncertainties 7.65. The formulation stage consists of:
  • Defining the output quantity Y.

  • Determining the input quantities in array X. These are all the quantities that affect the value of the output quantity, in this case the radiation field characteristics. Typical input quantities include the following:

    • (i) Dose rate, energy and angle of incidence;

    • (ii) Characteristics of the measurement system (e.g. sensitivity as a function of energy and angle, dosimeter fading and characteristics of the dosimeter evaluation system such as developer temperature and reader sensitivity);

    • (iii) Characteristics of the calibration system;

    • (iv) The dose from exposure due to the natural background radiation, which should be subtracted (see paras 7.128–7.132).

  • Developing a model relating the input quantities to the output quantity. In most cases, the model is already largely available in the form of the algorithm that is routinely used to calculate the dose from film density or from track detection light output using numerous parameters such as calibration and normalization factors or coefficients.

  • Assigning a probability density function to each of the input quantities. This assignment is done using all available knowledge of the dosimetry system and the measurement conditions.

Estimation of uncertainties 7.66. In a ‘Type A’ evaluation of uncertainty, the assignment of the probability density functions is based on statistical analyses. The standard uncertainty for a Type A evaluation, with an associated standard deviation, is identified from a series of measurements. Examples of parameters with Type A uncertainties are:
  • Measurements of film density or of light output of a thermoluminescent dosimeter reader;

  • Blank signal of the reader system;

  • Sensitivity of the individual detectors.

Estimation of uncertainties 7.67. For many of the other input quantities, a ‘Type B’ evaluation should be applied, which is based on a scientific judgement of the uncertainty. Type B uncertainties are those that cannot be reduced by making repeated measurements. The following are usually considered to be sources of Type B uncertainties:
  • Characteristics of the field to which the dosimeters were exposed;

  • Energy and angular dependence of the dosimeter;

  • Non-linearity of the response;

  • Fading, and dependence on ambient temperature and humidity;

  • Effects due to exposure to light;

  • Effects due to exposure to ionizing radiation of types that are not intended to be measured by the dosimeter;

  • Effects from mechanical shock;

  • Calibration errors;

  • Variation in local natural background radiation.

Estimation of uncertainties 7.68. The calculation stage consists of propagating the probability density functions of the inputs through the measurement model Y = f(X) into a probability density function of the output. From this probability density function of the output, the following summarizing quantities should be calculated:
  • The expectation value, being the central value of the probability density function that is taken as an estimate y of the dose Y;

  • The standard deviation that is taken to be the combined uncertainty uc(y) in the dose Y;

  • A coverage interval that contains Y with a specified probability.

Estimation of uncertainties 7.69. If it is thought that the probability density function of the dose Y follows a Gaussian (normal) distribution, then one standard deviation each side of the mean corresponds to confidence limits of about 68%. It is therefore often necessary to multiply the combined standard uncertainty by a suitable factor, called the coverage factor k, to yield an expanded uncertainty (also known as the overall uncertainty). Typical values of the coverage factor would be two or three, corresponding to confidence limits of approximately 95% or 99%, respectively. The numerical value taken for the coverage factor should be clearly indicated.
Estimation of uncertainties 7.70. For the calculation stage, essentially two methods are available:
  • The framework based on the law of propagation of uncertainties and the central limit theorem [66];

  • The Monte Carlo method, which uses statistical sampling from the probability density functions of the input quantities to evaluate the convolution integral of the probability density functions [69].

Estimation of uncertainties 7.71. From a radiation metrology perspective, it is not meaningful to report doses in more detail than the standard uncertainty allows. So, for example, in systems with a standard uncertainty in low doses of less than 0.1 mSv, the doses can be reported in intervals of 0.01 mSv. In systems with a greater standard uncertainty, the doses can be reported in intervals of 0.1 mSv.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems Type testing
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.72. Type testing of a dosimetry system for external exposure involves testing the performance characteristics of the system as a whole under a series of irradiation conditions and storage conditions. In particular, those sources of uncertainty discussed in paras 7.64–7.67 should be quantified. This largely involves investigation of the variation of response of the dosimeter with the energy and the direction of incidence of the radiation beam. However, it also includes consideration of other dosimetric characteristics, such as the linearity of response, the range of measurable doses, the ability of the system to perform satisfactorily over a reasonable range of temperature conditions and humidity conditions, and the ability to respond properly at high dose rates and in pulsed radiation fields. Type testing also includes tests of a more general nature, such as the ability of the system to operate satisfactorily in a reasonable range of electric fields and magnetic fields, and its ability to withstand mechanical shock and vibration. The tests do not concern only the dosimeter itself but the whole system, including any readout equipment.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.73. The result of a type test should be a detailed description of all of the properties of a given type of dosimeter. The results of type testing should be analysed in terms of performance criteria (see paras 7.48–7.56), and they are intended to demonstrate whether these can be met in practice, bearing in mind the range of values of the various factors at the facility in which the dosimeters are to be used. As long as the type of dosimeter and the readout equipment is unchanged, the type test remains valid.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.74. Dosimetry systems should preferably be type tested in accordance with the relevant standards of the IEC and/or the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) and/or equivalent national standards, and they should have passed the relevant test. Failure of any part of the test should be clearly detailed and the reasons for the failure should be considered.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.75. All the radiation fields used in type tests should be well characterized and should be traceable to national metrology standards. Several ISO standards give guidance on establishing reference radiation fields for photon, beta and neutron radiation [74–83]. Additional equipment may be needed for measuring environmental quantities of influence, mechanical effects and electromagnetic fields. Not all of these items of equipment are required at the dosimetric service site; it is sufficient if they are available at the testing laboratory.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.76. Several standards for type testing exist. For active personal dosimeters, Ref. [84] covers photon, beta and neutron radiation. For passive personal dosimeters, Ref. [85] covers photon and beta radiation. Since these two standards are compatible, the type test results are comparable, regardless of whether the detector is of the active type or of the passive type. For passive personal neutron dosimeters, Ref. [86] is available.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.77. The response with respect to radiation energy and angle of incidence is a crucial characteristic of a personal dosimeter. Dosimeters should be tested to determine how well they conform to the energy characteristics and angular response characteristics demanded by the quantity or quantities to be measured.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.78. As a result of a type test according to the relevant standard specified in para. 7.76, rated ranges of use for all quantities of influence are determined. The suitability of a dosimeter for a given workplace can be judged by comparing these rated ranges with those required for that workplace.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.79. Because the operational quantity for individual monitoring relates to the measurement of personal dose equivalent Hp(d) within the body, dosimeters for this operational quantity should be type tested on an appropriate phantom to emulate backscatter from, and attenuation by, the body. If the dosimeter performs adequately on the phantom, it can be assumed that it will perform adequately on the body.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.80. Personal whole body dosimeters should, for the purpose of type testing, be irradiated on a slab phantom 30 cm × 30 cm square and 15 cm thick, made of tissue substitute. Extremity dosimeters should be irradiated on the pillar phantom, in the case of wrist dosimeters, or on the rod phantom, in the case of ring dosimeters, in accordance with Refs [74–77]. For doses to the lens of the eye (Hp(3)), the design of a suitable phantom has been the subject of discussion. When dosimeters for the quantity Hp(0.07) are used for determining the dose to the lens of the eye:
  • They should be optimized for such use on the slab phantom (i.e. their energy and angular dependence should be type tested on the slab phantom and they should be calibrated on the slab phantom).

  • Alternatively, it should be ascertained that the dosimeters correctly detect the radiation scattered back from the body behind them (i.e. the head). This is usually the case for ring dosimeters with a back layer of plastic with a thickness of about 1–3 mm [87].

Testing of personal dosimetry systems It has been shown that, in the case of photons, measurement of the quantity Hp(0.07) with dosimeters sensitive to backscatter radiation and calibrated on any ISO phantom provides a conservative approximation of the dose to the lens of the eye [11, 87, 88].
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.81. Conversion coefficients relating the physical quantities (fluence and air kerma) to the operational quantities (Hp(10), Hp(3) and Hp(0.07)) are given in various publications, including Refs [76, 79, 80, 83, 85, 86, 89].
Testing of personal dosimetry systems Performance testing
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.82. In addition to the type testing of a personal dosimetry system, in which the functioning of the whole system is carefully analysed in order to verify that it meets the accuracy criteria, performance testing should be conducted at regular intervals (typically annually) to demonstrate that this standard of performance is maintained.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.83. Performance tests carried out externally by an identifiable laboratory serve as a check on the reliability of the dosimetry system and on the consistency of its method of application. The approval of a dosimetry service by the regulatory body should involve a review of both the type testing results and the initial performance testing results. Ongoing compliance with approval procedures should be based on the results of external performance testing.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.84. External performance testing necessitates careful consideration of the dose range, the types and energies of the radiation to be measured, the uncertainty of the dose estimates, and the measurement process, including traceability and calibration. The results obtained should meet specific performance criteria, with reference to a standard where applicable.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.85. In addition, performance tests carried out externally or internally may serve as a check on the consistency of the measurement procedures and laboratory practice (as part of an internal quality assurance programme conducted in accordance with a relevant international standard such as Ref. [90]).
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.86. Three types of performance test are in general use:
  • In a blind test, the dosimetry service provider is not aware of the tests and cannot use selected dosimeters or special evaluation procedures for the tests. One approach is the invention of an independent ‘dummy’ customer and irradiation of the dosimeters under controlled conditions independent of the service provider. Most service providers use a dummy customer for their internal performance testing for quality assurance.

  • In a surprise test, the dosimetry service provider is aware of forthcoming tests but does not know the actual test date in advance. It is possible to use selected dosimeters but not to use special evaluation procedures.

  • In an announced test, the dosimetry service provider is aware of the tests and can use selected dosimeters and special evaluation procedures.

Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.87. An intercomparison exercise among dosimetry service providers can be regarded as an announced performance test. Generally, the results of such intercomparison exercises are published but they are not identified with the names of the participants. Participation in such intercomparison exercises is often a requirement for approval and also a part of the quality management system.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.88. Further guidance on performance testing can be found in Ref. [91].
Testing of personal dosimetry systems Routine testing
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.89. The purpose of routine testing is to test the accuracy and precision of the dosimetry system for measurement of doses at a single energy, usually that of the calibration source (e.g. 137Cs or 60Co for photon dosimeters). This type of test also serves to normalize the overall sensitivity of the system. Routine tests should usually be carried out by the dosimetry service provider, and should be repeated at regular intervals, preferably monthly. In contrast, quality assurance tests to monitor specific aspects of system performance are generally performed every readout day.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.90. Routine testing, which includes calibration, is a means by which the sensitivity, precision and accuracy are verified, usually for a single radiation type and energy. The tests required in a quality assurance programme may include routine testing.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.91. The introduction of a dummy customer is one possible routine test. Dosimeters from the dummy customer are exposed to a known dose over each exposure period and undergo the same treatment as the normal dosimeters. A follow-up of the doses reported for this dummy customer gives a good idea of the performance of the normal dosimeters.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.92. The results of routine tests should be followed up closely, for instance by the use of control charts, where warning levels and action levels are specified to trigger necessary actions by the dosimetry service provider.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems Summary
Testing of personal dosimetry systems 7.93. A summary of the recommended testing programmes for personal dosimetry systems is given in Table 3.
Testing of personal dosimetry systems
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments Type testing
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments 7.94. The type testing of workplace monitoring instruments demonstrates the suitability of an instrument to perform adequate measurements in the workplace environment and should involve the same general approach as that described in paras 7.72–7.81 for personal dosimetry systems. The procedures for measurement of the energy response and angular response of workplace monitoring instruments are similar to those used for personal dosimeters, except that radiation exposures in workplace monitoring would normally be free in air (i.e. without phantom).
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments 7.95. The IEC has published standards for most types of workplace monitoring equipment. These standards not only give the performance specifications to be met but also describe the methods of type testing to be undertaken. Tests are prescribed for determining the radiological performance (e.g. linearity, energy dependence and angular response) and the environmental, electrical and mechanical performance. The relevant IEC standards and their applicability are given in Table 4.
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments Pre-use testing
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments 7.96. Workplace monitoring instruments should be tested before they are first used to ensure that they conform to type test data. Testing should cover the range of dose rates that could reasonably be expected to be encountered. Ranges for which an instrument has not been tested should be clearly identified and documented.
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments 7.97. Pre-use tests should be designed to identify credible faults such as miscalibration or incorrect assembly of the detector. Pre-use testing should also provide a baseline for subsequent routine testing. It is usually possible to select a restricted series of tests that can provide adequate confidence in an instrument’s performance. Detailed guidance is provided in Ref. [98].
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments Periodic testing
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments 7.98. Once a workplace monitoring instrument is in use, periodic testing should be carried out to indicate any deterioration in its performance. Periodic testing should be carried out at least once a year and should involve a subset of the tests used in pre-use testing. Examples of reference types of radiation that may be used are:
  • For photon dose rate monitors, the 0.662 MeV gamma emission from 137Cs;

  • For neutron dose rate monitors, 241Am–Be neutrons;

  • For beta dose rate monitors, the 0.662 MeV gamma emission from 137Cs plus a beta source of suitable energy;

  • For beta contamination monitors, beta emissions at or below the minimum energy for which the monitor is to be used;

  • For workplaces involving naturally occurring radioactive material, an appropriate reference source.

Testing of workplace monitoring instruments 7.99. Simpler periodic tests should be carried out on a more frequent basis:
  • Most workplace monitoring instruments should be regularly checked by using a suitable check source to ensure proper functioning. These checks should be carried out monthly, weekly or even daily, depending on the type of instrument. The choice of source and ranges tested should be appropriate for the type of monitoring being conducted.

  • Battery checks, zeroing and tests to demonstrate an adequate response should be carried out regularly as part of the quality assurance programme to ensure that the equipment continues to function satisfactorily and has suffered no obvious damage.

Testing of workplace monitoring instruments 7.100. Following testing, a sticker should be affixed to the instrument. This sticker should provide relevant information, including the organization performing the test, the test certificate number and the date of the test or the date when the next test is due, as appropriate.
Testing of workplace monitoring instruments 7.101. A summary of the recommended testing programmes for workplace monitoring instruments is given in Table 5.
Calibration of instruments 7.102. Calibration is the operation that, under specified conditions and in a first step, establishes a relationship between the quantity values (with measurement uncertainties) provided by measurement standards and corresponding indications (with associated measurement uncertainties), and, in a second step, uses this information to establish a relationship for obtaining a measurement result from an indication.
Calibration of instruments 7.103. Calibration should not be confused with adjustment of a measurement system, with ‘self-calibration’ or with verification.
Calibration of instruments 7.104. For all measurement methods, instruments should be regularly calibrated, and this calibration should be traceable to recognized national standards. This may be effected either by using reference sources that have been calibrated previously against primary standards, or by using reference instruments that have been calibrated previously against primary standards by a national primary laboratory or at an acknowledged reference laboratory that holds appropriate standards.
Calibration of instruments 7.105. The reference calibration of a personal dosimetry system (passive or active) should be repeated at regular intervals, for example every one or two years. More frequent periodic checks (see paras 7.89–7.92 for routine testing) should be carried out on the dosimetric performance of the dosimetry system. For passive systems, some simple checks of the readout system should also be performed every readout day, for example using irradiated detectors.
Calibration of instruments 7.106. To determine the reference calibration factor, the radiation field should be well characterized. For the periodic determination of the reference calibration factor of a dosimetry system, it is usually sufficient to use a radioactive source such as 137Cs or 60Co for photon radiation, 90Sr/90Y for beta radiation and 252Cf for neutron radiation. These fields should have traceability to a national metrology institute. Such reference fields and the calibration procedures are described in Refs [74–83]. For neutron radiation, it may also be useful to carry out a calibration in simulated workplace fields, in accordance with Refs [99, 100].
Calibration of instruments 7.107. The reference calibration factor may then be combined with a number of correction factors to be applied in specific conditions of use.
Calibration of instruments 7.108. In addition, every dosimeter should have a traceable individual normalization or calibration factor. For reusable dosimeters, the individual normalization or calibration factor should be checked periodically and should be adjusted if necessary.
Calibration of instruments 7.109. Periodic repeated internal calibrations should be undertaken for passive (solid state) dosimeters to adjust the normalization or calibration factors for changes due to repeated use, or to confirm that their performance has not changed. A suggested frequency is every ten uses or every two years, whichever comes first. An individual normalization factor may also be necessary and should be considered for active dosimeters.
Approval of dosimetry services 7.110. According to para. 3.73(c) of GSR Part 3 [2], the regulatory body is responsible for the authorization or approval of service providers for individual monitoring and calibration services. An approved dosimetry service provider can be described as one such service provider who is responsible for the calibration, reading or interpretation of individual monitoring devices and whose capacity to act in this regard is recognized by a regulatory body or other relevant authority.
Approval of dosimetry services 7.111. The purpose of approval is to recognize and verify that a dosimetry service provider is technically competent, is able to generate technically valid results, and has adequate administrative, technical and management systems.
Approval of dosimetry services 7.112. For a service provider to be approved, the service provider should be able to provide an acceptable degree of accuracy in the assessment of dose, to achieve and maintain a high level of reliability, to communicate the results of routine dose assessments to the employer and/or the regulatory body within a reasonable period of time, and to rapidly communicate the results of dose assessments made in the event of an accident or other incident or occurrence. In addition to satisfying technical requirements, an approved service provider should satisfy relevant management system requirements (see Section 8).
Approval of dosimetry services 7.113. The approval process may involve the following aspects which should be considered:
  • Submission of a report containing information about the dosimetry system. The technical documentation typically covers type test results, dosimetry procedures and calibration traceability, as well as the management system, including the organizational structure, personnel, equipment and quality control protocols and procedures.

  • Accreditation of the management system in accordance with a relevant international standard such as Ref. [90].

  • Certification that the dosimetry system is traceable to the appropriate national standard and is based on conversion coefficients for the operational quantities in accordance with international recommendations and standards.

  • An irradiation performance test at unknown doses in unknown situations.

  • On-site inspection and assessment of the laboratory by dosimetry experts who evaluate aspects such as staff (including training), equipment, facilities, calibration and dosimetry procedures, in accordance with what is stated in the approval documentation.

Approval of dosimetry services 7.114. External performance testing as part of approved procedures should be carried out to demonstrate that the essential performance specifications are routinely maintained (see paras 7.83 and 7.84). The results should verify the type testing data.
Approval of dosimetry services 7.115. An approval performance testing programme may be subdivided into different irradiation categories to suit different classes of dosimeter (i.e. categories based on the radiation types and energy ranges covered by the dosimeters). Each test may include a range of different energies and angles of incidence of the radiation, and an appropriate distribution of dose ranges.
Approval of dosimetry services 7.116. Approval performance tests should be carried out at regular intervals. Such tests may be organized by the regulatory body or other relevant authority or may involve participation in international external intercomparisons.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment Personal dosimetry
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.117. For radiation protection purposes, the measured operational quantities Hp(10), Hp(3) and Hp(0.07) are interpreted in terms of the protection quantities effective dose, equivalent dose to the lens of the eye, and equivalent dose to the skin and extremities, respectively.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.118. For photons, Hp(10) will, in most practical situations, provide a reasonable estimate of the effective dose E that avoids both underestimation and excessive overestimation. For neutrons, Hp(10) can underestimate the effective dose for some energy ranges and field geometries. In such cases, information on the energy distribution and directional distribution of workplace fields is necessary to apply suitable corrections.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.119. The close correspondence between E and Hp(10) is based on the assumption of uniform whole body exposure. Coefficients have been calculated for conversion from the fundamental quantities (particle fluence, air kerma and tissue absorbed dose) to effective dose in anthropomorphic phantoms representing adult humans, and to the operational quantities using ICRU phantoms. The ratios of the operational quantities and protection quantities are an indication of the quality of estimation of the protection quantities for different energies and directional distributions [89].
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.120. For doses near or above the dose limit, or above a fixed investigation level, confirmation should be obtained that measurements of the operational quantities provide a good estimate of the protection quantities. This should be done, in particular, for neutron doses or inhomogeneous exposures. To do this, information should be obtained on the uniformity of the field, the energy and direction distribution of the field, the position at which the dosimeter is worn and the dosimeter response characteristics.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.121. In cases where the worker moves about the workplace, four types of multidirectional field are generally considered:
  • Radiation incident predominantly from the front half space (anterior–posterior geometry);

  • Radiation incident from the rear half space (posterior–anterior geometry);

  • Radiation incident symmetrically from all directions perpendicular to the body (rotational geometry);

  • Radiation incident from all directions including above and below (isotropic geometry).

Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.122. For certain radiation fields, the operational quantities might not be a good approximation of the protection quantities because of the energy spectrum of the field. This is the case, in particular, for neutrons in the energy range of 4–20 MeV and more than 50 MeV. Such factors might be determined by a good experimental characterization of the workplace field. Monte Carlo simulations can also be very useful for this purpose.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment Workplace monitoring
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.123. In many cases, workplace monitoring should be used to characterize the workplace for the purposes of determining whether restrictions on the movement of workers within that workplace are necessary. In such cases, it is assumed conservatively that a worker is located for the entire working period in that part of the workplace where the dose rate is highest. However, when workplace monitoring is used for the purposes of dose assessment, realistic estimates of the periods of occupancy should be obtained and used. In workplaces where the dose rates may vary significantly with time, the occupancy of the workplace should be recorded, so that the periods of occupancy can be applied to the relevant dose rate to assess exposure. Additional information on workplace monitoring is provided in Ref. [56].
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.124. If appropriately designed and accurately calibrated instruments are used, a quantity measured in the workplace, together with appropriate occupancy data, can provide the basis for an adequate estimate of the effective dose received by a worker or of the equivalent dose in the tissues and organs of a worker. The operational dose quantities H*(10) and H′(0.07, Ω) defined for workplace monitoring will provide an adequate estimate of the effective dose and the skin dose. As explained in para. 7.37, instruments for measuring quantities defined in free air (e.g. kerma) generally do not have the correct energy response for the measurement of H*(10).
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.125. It should be taken into consideration that the quantity H*(10) could significantly overestimate the value of Hp(10), as measured with a dosimeter on an individual, and hence could also overestimate the value of the effective dose, especially if the field is isotropic. This is because instruments for measuring H*(10) have an isotropic response, whereas the quantities Hp(10) and E are dependent on the angle of incidence.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.126. For situations in which the extremities or the unprotected skin of the body might be locally exposed to radiation, the directional dose equivalent H′(0.07, Ω) should be used to provide an adequate estimate of the equivalent dose. The quantity H′(0.07, Ω) should also be used to provide an adequate estimate of the equivalent dose to the lens of the eye from exposure to photon radiation (see para. 7.10). For multidirectional fields, the instrument should be rotated in the radiation field and the maximum value of dose indicated by the instrument should be used in order to avoid any underestimation of the dose to the skin or the dose to the lens of the eye. The operator should be aware of the possible existence of point sources or narrow beams which could give rise to misleading readings.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.127. Workplace monitoring instruments are calibrated in radiation fields that irradiate the volume of the detector uniformly, with the centre of the volume used as a reference point. However, many operational fields irradiate the detector in a non-uniform manner (e.g. operational fields close to point sources or narrow beams). These situations should be given special attention. It should be considered whether it is necessary to establish a correction factor that can be applied to the readings to give a corrected dose rate. These factors may be in excess of a hundred [102]. One technique is to use a matrix of point sources to simulate source geometries of interest [103].
Background subtraction 7.128. The zero dose indication of a dosimetry system comprises the readout system background plus the intrinsic background of the detector. Intrinsic backgrounds of detectors can be determined for detectors individually or in batches. In the latter case, the contribution of the uncertainty to a single result will be larger. For batch determination of intrinsic backgrounds, attention should be paid to the sampling procedure.
Background subtraction 7.129. The dosimeter indication will, after subtraction of the zero indication (blank indication), and after the application of correction factors and calibration factors, give the gross dose, also known as the measured value. The gross dose will, in general, include a contribution from natural background radiation in addition to any dose from the worker’s occupational exposure.
Background subtraction 7.130. The methods for the subtraction of natural background radiation are to use either an average value (usually a national average) or to use specific customer values or location values. For dosimeters issued for a monthly wear period, the use of an average background value, although adding to the total uncertainty, will for many services still enable the accuracy requirements to be met. For longer wear periods (e.g. up to three or four months, which is appropriate where exposures are predictably low), more specific values of natural background radiation (i.e. based on the customer location) or control dosimeters (see para. 7.131) should be used.
Background subtraction 7.131. At locations where the natural background radiation is significantly greater or less than the national average, the dose rate due to local natural background radiation should be taken into account. The variation in local background radiation can be taken into account by the use of control dosimeters, which are supplied by the dosimetry service to the customer, and stored at the location where the workers’ dosimeters are kept when not in use. In some cases, doses in transit should be subtracted. The determination of the dose rate due to local natural background radiation can also be done using a method based on the analysis of the results for issued dosimeters. Such methods are based on the assumption that the majority of issued dosimeters are exposed only to natural background radiation.
Background subtraction 7.132. Additional considerations should apply for active personal dosimeters, since they can accumulate doses from exposure to natural background radiation only when they are in use, rather than continuously. For active personal dosimeters issued on a shift basis, methods should be established to subtract the correct amount of dose attributable to exposure to natural background radiation, especially when using active personal dosimeters that are claimed to have low detection limits. Alternatively, the contribution from exposure to natural background radiation may be neglected.
Monitoring programme 7.133. The assessment of doses received by workers from exposure due to intakes of radionuclides may be based on the results of individual monitoring involving one or more of the following types of measurement:
  • Sequential measurements of radionuclides in the whole body or in specific organs, such as the thyroid or the lung;

  • Measurements of radionuclides in biological samples, such as excretions or breath;

  • Measurement of activity concentrations in air samples that are collected using personal air sampling devices worn by the worker and that are representative of the air breathed by that worker.

Monitoring programme 7.134. For some radionuclides, individual monitoring based on measurements of activity in the body or in biological samples may not be feasible because of the types of radiation emitted and the sensitivity of detection of the monitoring methods.
Monitoring programme 7.135. In some situations, it should be considered whether it is necessary or preferable for the assessment of doses received by individual workers to be based on the results of workplace monitoring (see para. 3.118).
Monitoring programme 7.136. For workers engaged in industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material, internal exposure due to the inhalation of radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series in dust particles is often the dominant pathway because of the inherently dusty nature of many such activities. In such workplaces:
  • Air sampling, rather than biological sampling or whole body counting, should be used as the best way of assessing doses and providing the information that is needed for optimization.

  • Particular attention should be paid to the characterization of the airborne dust in terms of its particle size distribution, its activity concentration (which may differ from that of the bulk material) and the lung absorption class(es) of the radionuclides concerned.

Monitoring programme 7.137. The choice of measurement technique should be determined by factors such as:
  • The radiation emitted by the radionuclides;

  • The biokinetic behaviour of the contaminant;

  • The degree to which the contaminant is retained within the body, with account taken of both biological clearance and radioactive decay;

  • The necessary frequency of measurements;

  • The sensitivity, availability and convenience of appropriate measurement facilities.

Monitoring programme 7.138. A facility for individual monitoring should ideally be situated in a building remote from other laboratories or operations that give rise to the emission of radionuclides or penetrating radiation which could interfere with measurements. The monitoring area for direct measurement, containing shielded detectors and associated electronic equipment, would normally occupy a ground floor or basement location in view of floor loading specifications. There should also be waiting rooms for people coming for measurement, showers, toilets and rooms for the changing of clothes, and also separate rooms for collecting or dealing with excretion samples.
Monitoring programme 7.139. The laboratory for analysis of excretion samples should be constructed in the same way as any other radiochemical laboratory. It should not also be used for the analysis of other, high activity process samples such as reactor coolant, in order to avoid any cross-contamination. Precautions for the handling of potentially infectious material should be taken into account when planning space for dealing with, or storage of, excretion samples.
Monitoring programme 7.140. Further information on the design and implementation of internal monitoring programmes for workers can be found in Refs [103–106].
Monitoring programme Routine monitoring
Monitoring programme 7.141. Routine monitoring of internal exposure should be conducted on a fixed schedule for selected workers. Monitoring of internal exposure has certain limitations that should be considered in the design of an adequate monitoring programme:
  • Monitoring does not directly measure the committed effective dose received by the individual. For instance, biokinetic models are necessary: to relate the activity levels in an excretion sample to the activity levels in the body at the time the sample was taken; to relate the body content at the time the sample was taken to the original intake; and to calculate the committed effective dose from internal exposure due to the estimated intake. Further information on the biokinetic models used is given in Appendix IV.

  • Measurements can be subject to interference from other radionuclides present in the body, including radionuclides of natural origin. It may be necessary to establish the body content of radionuclides of natural origin and of artificial origin from previous intakes, especially where such non-occupational intakes are unusually high. Radiopharmaceuticals administered for diagnostic purposes or for therapeutic purposes can interfere with bioassay measurements for some time after their administration, depending on the properties of the agent administered and on the radionuclides present in the workplace. Workers should be requested to report any administration of radiopharmaceuticals to their supervisors so that it can be determined whether or not adequate monitoring of internal exposure can be performed.

  • The results of an individual monitoring programme for the estimation of chronic intakes might depend on the time at which the monitoring is performed. For certain radionuclides with a significant early clearance component of excretion, there may be a significant difference between measurements taken before and after a weekend break. Such cases should be reviewed individually [13, 16, 107]. For radionuclides with long half-lives, the amount present in the body and the amount excreted will depend on, and will increase with, the number of years for which the worker has been subject to intakes. In general, the activity retained from intakes in previous years should be taken to be part of the radiation background for the current year.

  • The analytical methods used for individual monitoring sometimes do not have adequate sensitivity to detect the activity levels of interest. Information on detection limits achievable for individual radionuclides is given in Ref. [13]. More specific information on detection limits for inhaled intakes of 232Th and its progeny for various measurement techniques is given in tables 7, 8, 94 and 95 of Ref. [25].

Monitoring programme 7.142. In situations in which air samples are used as the basis for assessing the doses received by workers from exposure due to the inhalation of airborne radionuclides, the airborne activity concentration can be determined using stationary air samplers or personal air samplers. The dose is assessed from the airborne activity concentration by using generic or site specific assumptions about the form of the material (particle size and chemical form) and the breathing rate and exposure period of the worker. Stationary air samplers for the monitoring of airborne dust have relatively high flow rates, typically about 20 L/min, and are deployed at predetermined fixed locations in the workplace. Personal air samplers, on the other hand, have relatively low flow rates, typically about 2 L/min, and are worn on the lapel; the pack containing the pump and battery is worn on a belt and is connected to the sampling head by a flexible tube. Care should be taken to ensure that the sampling head is so positioned that the sampled air is reasonably representative of the air breathed. Personal air samplers are not always sufficiently rugged or convenient to wear in harsh working conditions.
Monitoring programme 7.143. Personal air samplers, in combination with other direct and indirect methods, have increasingly been used in preference to stationary air samplers, since they provide more reliable monitoring [104, 105]. The air sampled by a stationary air sampler might not be representative of the air breathed by the worker, resulting in doses from exposure due to dust inhalation being significantly underestimated, sometimes by several orders of magnitude and particularly in workplaces where the resuspension of dust by the worker’s activities is a significant factor. On the other hand, the use of stationary air samplers may result in a significant overestimation of the dose if the worker is not continuously stationed in a dusty area. Where practicable, therefore, personal air samplers should be used in preference to stationary air samplers in all cases where short term spatial and temporal variations of airborne activity concentrations are to be expected and where the concentrations of radon progeny are likely to be highest.
Monitoring programme 7.144. In some workplaces, particularly those associated with mining and mineral processing operations, there may be difficulties in applying personal air sampling to every exposed worker for all of the time. Where this is the case, monitoring strategies usually involve the assignment of workers to work categories that reflect the general nature and scope of the work activities. In many cases, however, the exposure is not uniform within a work category, since a worker can, during the course of the work shift, spend time in different exposure environments. A further complication arises in accounting for the wearing of respiratory protective equipment.
Monitoring programme 7.145. Surface contamination monitoring can be used to indicate the potential for intake of radionuclides and the need for more detailed workplace monitoring. However, surface contamination measurements do not provide a suitable basis for internal dose assessment because of the large uncertainties associated with parameters such as resuspension factors.
Monitoring programme 7.146. In order to determine the appropriate frequency and type of individual monitoring, the workplace exposure conditions should be characterized. The radionuclides in use and, if possible, their chemical and physical forms should be known. Consideration should also be given to the potential for these forms to change under accident conditions (e.g. the release of uranium hexafluoride into the atmosphere, resulting in the production of hydrogen fluoride gas and uranyl fluoride). The chemical form and physical form (e.g. particle size) of the material determine its behaviour in the respiratory tract and its subsequent biokinetic behaviour in the body. These in turn determine the excretion routes and rates, and hence the types of excretion sample that might need to be collected and their frequency of collection.
Monitoring programme 7.147. Where bioassay monitoring is used, the method of measurement and the frequency of measurement should be capable of detecting an intake that results in a specified fraction of the dose limit. It should therefore be verified that an intake of this level is likely to be detected. An intake would not be detected if, as a result of radioactive decay and biological clearance, the body content or daily excretion of the radionuclide were to decline to a level below the detection limit of the method employed. The fraction m(t) of an intake remaining in the body for direct measurement or being excreted from the body for indirect measurement depends on its effective half-life and on the biokinetic behaviour of the radionuclide, and is a function of the time period t since the intake. Thus, an intake I and the resulting committed effective dose E(50) would be missed if the product I × m(t) were less than the detection limit. Typically, the frequency of monitoring should be such as to ensure that intakes corresponding to more than 5% of the annual dose limit can be detected.
Monitoring programme 7.148. The required frequency of monitoring is thus strongly dependent on the sensitivity of the measurement technique. Techniques for measurement should be as sensitive as possible. The costs of using the most sensitive techniques and the shortest possible sampling interval should be balanced against the radiation detriment associated with doses that might be underestimated or that might be missed if less sensitive methods or less frequent measurements were to be used.
Monitoring programme 7.149. A further consideration in establishing a schedule for bioassay sampling is the uncertainty in estimating the intake due to the unknown time of an intake within the monitoring period. It is recommended in Ref. [13] that monitoring periods generally be selected such that, on assuming an intake to have occurred at the midpoint of the monitoring period, any underestimation of the intake would not exceed a factor of three.
Monitoring programme 7.150. Maximum values of recommended monitoring intervals for various radionuclides and various measurement techniques are given in Refs [108, 109].
Monitoring programme 7.151. A graphical approach to the determination of monitoring intervals has also been proposed that takes into account uncertainties in material specific parameters (e.g. absorption and particle size distribution), as well as uncertainties in the time of intake [110]. Information on the detection limit for a particular measurement technique is used to determine a monitoring interval appropriate for the dose level of interest.
Monitoring programme 7.152. In some cases, one or more of the stipulations referred to in paras 7.147–7.151 cannot be satisfied because of a lack of analytical sensitivity, unacceptably long counting times for direct measurements or unacceptably short sampling intervals for collection of excretion samples, particularly in the case of faecal sampling to monitor the inhalation of insoluble (lung absorption type S) particulates. In such cases, dose assessment should be based on alternative types of measurement such as personal air sampling or workplace monitoring.
Monitoring programme Task related monitoring
Monitoring programme 7.153. Task related monitoring is by definition not routine (i.e. it is not regularly scheduled). Such monitoring is conducted to provide information about a particular operation and to provide, if necessary, a basis for decisions on the conduct of the operation. It is particularly useful when short term procedures are carried out under conditions that would be unsatisfactory for long term use. Task related monitoring should be conducted in the same way as routine monitoring, unless the circumstances of the operation dictate otherwise; for example, if the radionuclides involved were different or if the probability or potential magnitude of internal exposure were significantly greater.
Monitoring programme Special monitoring
Monitoring programme 7.154. Special monitoring may be necessary as a result of a known or suspected exposure, or an unusual incident, such as a loss of containment of radioactive material, as indicated by an air or surface sample, or following an accident. Special monitoring is most often prompted by a result of a routine bioassay measurement that exceeds the derived investigation level, but it may also result from a measurement on an occasional sample such as a nose blow or nasal swab, or surface contamination wipe.
Monitoring programme 7.155. In accident situations, the medical care and treatment of any victim of the accident take priority. Once the victim’s medical condition is stable, the following steps should be followed:
  • External contamination is to be removed, and it is to be ensured that workers have showered and washed their hair before making direct bioassay measurements.

  • The whole body content of radionuclides is to be established as quickly as possible.

  • The collection of all excretions is to be ensured.

  • Other biological samples, such as nasal swabs and mouth wipes, are to be collected (this can be performed during medical treatment or decontamination procedures).

  • Samples of the contaminant are to be collected for further analysis of the radionuclide composition and of the physical and chemical properties of individual radionuclides.

Monitoring programme 7.156. Special monitoring prompted by an incident is, in terms of measurement techniques, not usually conducted any differently from a routine measurement, although it should be considered whether improved sensitivity or a faster processing time may be necessary. The laboratory should be advised that the sample analysis or the direct measurement has priority over routine measurements, and the frequency of subsequent monitoring may be changed. The laboratory should also be informed that samples may have a higher than normal level of activity. The measurement technique can then be tailored to the special monitoring situation and any necessary precautions can be taken to prevent contamination of other samples. For instance, if counting rates are so high that dead time losses prevent the proper collection of data, the measurement geometry should be changed and body counting should be performed at a greater distance from the detector, following which a recalibration of the system should be performed. Similar measures should be taken in a radiochemistry laboratory when excretion samples (especially faeces) with high contents of radionuclides are to be analysed.
Methods of measurement 7.157. Intakes of radionuclides can be determined by either direct or indirect measurement methods. Direct measurements of gamma radiation or X ray photons (including bremsstrahlung) emitted from internally deposited radionuclides are frequently referred to as body activity measurements, whole body monitoring or whole body counting. Indirect measurements are measurements of activity in samples which can be either biological (e.g. excretions) or physical (e.g. air filters).
Methods of measurement 7.158. Each type of measurement has advantages and disadvantages, and the selection of one rather than another should largely depend on the nature of the radiation to be measured.
Methods of measurement 7.159. Direct methods are useful only for those radionuclides that emit photons of sufficient energy, and in sufficient numbers, to escape from the body and to be measured by an external detector. Many fission products and activation products fall into this category. Incorporated radionuclides that do not emit energetic photons (e.g. 3H, 14C, 90Sr/90Y, 239Pu) can usually be measured only by indirect methods. However, some beta emitters, especially those with high energy emissions, such as 32P or 90Sr/90Y, can sometimes be measured ‘directly’ via the bremsstrahlung produced. Such bremsstrahlung measurements, because of their relatively low sensitivities, should not usually be employed for routine monitoring.
Methods of measurement 7.160. Recommendations on the principles of measurement and on the instruments used are given in Ref. [111] and are summarized in Appendix V.
Methods of measurement 7.161. Direct measurements, where they are possible, offer the advantage of a rapid and convenient estimate of the total activity in the body, or in a defined part of the body, at the time of measurement. The direct measurement of body content or organ content is, therefore, to be preferred for dose assessment if it is sufficiently sensitive, for example the measurement of 137Cs and 131I. However, whole body measurements and measurements for individual organs suffer from greater uncertainties in calibration, especially for low energy photon emitters. Making direct measurements may necessitate the worker being removed from any work involving radiation exposure for the period over which the retention characteristics are measured. Direct measurements usually necessitate special, well shielded (and therefore expensive) facilities and equipment.
Methods of measurement 7.162. Direct measurements are useful in qualitative as well as quantitative determinations of radionuclides in a mixture that may have been inhaled, ingested or injected. In addition, direct measurements can assist in identifying the mode of intake by determining the distribution of activity in the body. Intake by the inhalation route of insoluble (lung absorption type S) aerosols containing gamma emitting radionuclides can be easily and accurately detected by the lung counting technique, for instance measurement of U3O8; the intake is likely to be undetected using a bioassay technique. Another example is for radioactive iodine, where the thyroid counting system can quantify the uptake of radioiodine by the thyroid. Sequential measurements, where they are possible, can reveal the redistribution of activity, and can yield information about the total body retention and the biokinetic behaviour of radionuclides in the body.
Methods of measurement 7.163. Indirect measurements generally interfere less with workers’ assignments, but they require access to a radiochemical analytical laboratory. Such a laboratory may also be used for measuring environmental samples, but high level measurements (e.g. measurements of reactor water chemistry) should be performed in separate laboratories. Measurements performed on excretion samples are used to determine the rate of loss of radionuclides from the body by a particular route. A biokinetic model needs to be used to determine the body content and intake from the results of such measurements. Because of the ability of radiochemical analyses to detect low levels of activity, measurements performed on excretion samples usually provide a sensitive means of estimating the activity in the body.
Methods of measurement Detection limits and decision thresholds
Methods of measurement 7.164. Measurement methods have certain limits of detection that arise from the level of natural background radiation, from statistical fluctuations in counting rates and from factors relating to sample preparation and analysis. The concepts of the detection limit and decision threshold and their application to in vivo and in vitro activity measurements are documented in Refs [62, 112, 113].
Methods of measurement 7.165. The measured number of gross counts NG is the sum of the counts due to background radiation NB (natural background radiation and radionuclides other than the one of interest) and the net counts NN due to the monitored radionuclide:
Methods of measurement 7.166. The detection limit can be evaluated for a given radionuclide and measurement procedure before the sample measurement takes place. It specifies the minimum activity in the sample (for indirect methods) or in the body (for direct methods) that can be detected with a specified probability β of a false negative. The detection limit allows a prior decision to be made as to whether a measuring method is suitable for the given monitoring programme.
Methods of measurement 7.167. Once the measurement has been made, the measured net count rate should be compared with the decision threshold. The decision threshold is defined such that if the count rate is greater than decision threshold, then it can be said that the sample or the body contains the monitored radionuclide with a specified probability α of a false positive. If the measured count rate is less than the decision threshold, it cannot be concluded that the radionuclide is absent; however, the activity in the sample or in the body, if present, is less than the detection limit.
Methods of measurement 7.168. For cases where NB is sufficiently large (greater than about 30) for the Poisson distribution to be approximated by a normal distribution, decision threshold and detection limit (expressed in terms of count rates) can be calculated as follows:
Methods of measurement 7.169. Representative values of the detection limits for different radionuclides and methods of measurements are given in Ref. [109]. Reference [113] gives examples of the application of the calculation of detection limit, decision threshold and other quantities for a selected number of bioassay techniques.
Methods of measurement 7.170. The theoretical background to the definition of decision threshold and detection limit is based on the application of Bayes’ theorem; this differs from the theoretical background to the definition of minimum detectable activity or minimum detectable amount [114]. For monitoring techniques for internal contamination, however, the values of minimum detectable amount and of detection limit are in most cases equal, provided that the uncertainty associated with the counting efficiency is negligible.
Methods of measurement 7.171. Further clarification and applications of these concepts for direct methods and indirect methods can be found in Refs [19, 112, 113].
Calibration Direct methods
Calibration 7.172. Whole body counters and organ counters should be calibrated with a phantom that simulates the human body or organ and that contains a known quantity of the required radionuclides, either in solution, in sealed sources within the phantom or in the form of a permanent source in a solid tissue substitute matrix.
Calibration 7.173. The most convenient whole body phantom for general purposes consists of an assembly of plastic containers filled with standardized radioactive aqueous solutions. This concept has been extended to the development of phantoms based on a collection of polyethylene cylinders with circular or elliptical cross-sections. The appropriate proportions of each section of a phantom representing the adult body are given in Ref. [115]. Phantoms representing different age groups are described in Ref. [116].
Calibration 7.174. Phantoms have been developed that are not filled with aqueous solutions of radionuclides, and so are less subject to spillage or contamination. Some phantoms are filled with organic gels containing radionuclides [116]. Alternatively, numerous separate point sources can be inserted into polyethylene bricks from which phantoms of various body heights and weights can be easily built, as shown in Ref. [117]. Properly prepared phantoms are also available for the thyroid, the lungs and, for bone seeking radionuclides, the knee or skull [115]. Several publications present different styles and applications of phantoms, tissue substitutes and phantom construction (see Refs [118–123]).
Calibration 7.175. Methods of calibration using phantoms are relative methods. Some absolute methods do not require a radioactive standard for calibration, but reference standards should always be used to confirm a calibration. Mathematical phantoms, developed for Monte Carlo calculations of detection efficiency, are used for such calibrations (see Refs [124–127]). The advantage of such phantoms is that different distributions of radionuclides in the body and also different sizes, shapes and geometrical relations between internal organs can be simulated. However, thorough comparisons of calculated efficiencies with the measured values should be performed in order to ensure the accuracy of the calibration. This should be done in particular when low energy photons are to be measured or when the radionuclides in the body are not homogeneously distributed.
Calibration Indirect methods
Calibration 7.176. Methods of calibration depend on the instruments used. Standard radionuclide solutions, tracer radionuclides or stable isotopes of the elements to be determined (e.g. strontium) should be obtained.
Calibration 7.177. When gamma emitting radionuclides are to be measured, the gamma counts obtained from the sample should be compared with those from a standard containing a known amount of the specific radionuclide and measured in the same counting geometry. When gamma spectrometry is used, curves of efficiency versus energy for different geometries should be constructed from measurement standards in those geometries. In preparing efficiency curves, the relative yields of the various gamma emissions from different radionuclide standards should be considered.
Calibration 7.178. Internal and external standards should be used for beta emitters analysed by liquid scintillation counting. Care should be taken to ensure that the same quenching conditions exist for the standards and the samples.
Calibration 7.179. Many radiochemical techniques rely on separation procedures for which recovery can be quite variable and depend to some extent on the matrix of samples to be analysed. Methods should be used that allow the determination of the yield of chemical separation or extraction procedures. For this purpose, a known amount of a tracer radionuclide (e.g. 243Am for 241Am) should be added to the sample as early in the procedure as possible to permit direct measurement of chemical recovery.
Calibration 7.180. Descriptions of various calibration methods for indirect counting are given in Ref. [128].
Performance criteria 7.181. A full description of performance criteria for direct and indirect methods is given in Ref. [62].
Performance criteria 7.182. The relative bias is a measure of how close the assessed activity is to the actual activity. This criterion should be verified with phantoms or test samples containing a known value of activity Aai. The individual relative bias Bri for the ith measurement in a series with respect to the correct value of the measurand is defined as:
Performance criteria 7.183. The relative bias Br for this series of measurements is given by the average of the individual relative biases Bri:
Performance criteria 7.184. The repeatability SBr of the measurement method is defined as the relative dispersion of the values of Bri from their mean Br:
Performance criteria 7.185. Br should be between −0.25 and +0.50 for values of Aai that are five to ten times greater than the detection limit. The value of SBr should be less than or equal to 0.4. When SBr is greater than 0.4, appropriate corrective actions should be taken.
Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.186. As indicated in paras 7.62–7.71, general guidance for uncertainty assessment is given in Refs [65, 66]. Further guidance in line with Ref. [66] can be found in Refs [60, 67–73].
Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.187. The result of the uncertainty evaluation should be realistic for the application. The amount of effort put into the uncertainty evaluation should be commensurate with its purpose in terms of radiation protection.
Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.188. In programmes for monitoring the intakes of radionuclides, the evaluation of uncertainties in the measurements enables the following:
  • The making of objective decisions on whether the result is compatible with previous intakes or is to be considered as a new intake;

  • The identification of data from outliers;

  • Statistical analyses of the results of the fitting procedures used to evaluate intakes from more than one data point.

Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.189. In the case of a measurement of activity in the body or in a biological sample, it can be assumed that Type A uncertainties (see para. 7.66) arise only from counting statistics, which can be described by the Poisson distribution, while Type B uncertainties (see para. 7.67) arise from all other sources of uncertainty.
Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.190. In Ref. [109], it is assumed that the overall uncertainty of a measurement can be expressed in terms of a log-normal distribution. The geometric standard deviation of the distribution is given the term scattering factor (SF). The total uncertainty is assessed as:
Uncertainties in monitoring measurements SF=expiln(SFi)2(34)
Uncertainties in monitoring measurements where the summation is performed over all Type A and Type B uncertainties. According to Ref. [129], this assumption is considered valid when the Type A uncertainties are relatively small, that is:
Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.191. Reference [110] includes a compilation of typical values of the various uncertainty components for various direct and indirect monitoring methods.
Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.192. Examples of Type B uncertainties for in vivo measurements include:
  • Counting geometry errors.

  • Positioning of the individual in relation to the detector and movement of the person during counting.

  • Determination of the thickness of the chest wall.

  • Differences between the phantom and the individual or organ being measured, including:

    • (i) Geometric characteristics;

    • (ii) Density;

    • (iii) Distribution of the radionuclide within the body and organ;

    • (iv) Linear attenuation coefficient.

  • Interference from radioactive material deposits in adjacent body regions.

  • Spectroscopy resolution and peak overlap.

  • Electronic stability.

  • Interference from other radionuclides.

  • Variation in background radiation.

  • Activity of the standard radionuclide used for calibration.

  • Surface external contamination of the person.

  • Interference from natural radioactive elements present in the body.

  • Calibration source uncertainties.

Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.193. Examples of Type B uncertainties for in vitro measurements include:
  • Quantification of the sample volume or weight;

  • Errors in dilution and pipetting;

  • Evaporation of solutions in storage;

  • Stability and activity of standards used for calibration;

  • Similarity of chemical yield between the tracer and radioelement of interest;

  • Blank corrections;

  • Background contributions to, and fluctuations in, radionuclide excretion;

  • Electronic stability;

  • Spectroscopy resolution and peak overlap;

  • Contamination of sample and impurities;

  • Source positioning for counting;

  • Density and shape variation from the calibration model;

  • Assumptions about homogeneity in calibration;

  • For liquid scintillation counting, differences in quenching between the sample and calibration standard.

Uncertainties in monitoring measurements 7.194. If the samples are collected over periods of less than 24 h, they should be normalized to an equivalent 24 h value (see para. V.22). This normalization introduces additional sources of Type B uncertainty — the uncertainty in the collection period and the uncertainty relating to biological (inter- and intra-subject) variability.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.195. The intake of radionuclides and the resulting committed effective dose should be assessed from the results of monitoring measurements in accordance with the scheme presented in Fig. 2 and paras 2.48–2.53. In the case of routine monitoring, it should be assumed that the intake has occurred at the midpoint of the monitoring period.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.196. In some cases, the measured value M should be processed before being divided by the fraction m(t) to obtain the intake. For instance, urine samples collected over a period of less than 24 h should be normalized to an equivalent 24 h value.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.197. According to Refs [108, 110], intake and dose should not be assessed if the measured value M is below the critical value Mc, defined in Ref. [108] as that value of the measurement result below which it should be considered unnecessary to evaluate the intake or dose explicitly, since the annual dose may be regarded as insignificant even if that intake were to be repeated for all monitoring periods in the accounting year.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.198. The annual committed dose value for which the assessment is regarded as insignificant is specified as 0.1 mSv in Refs [108, 109]. Thus, for N monitoring periods per year, the critical value MCj (in becquerels) associated with the intake of radionuclide j in any monitoring period is given by:
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment Mcj=0.0001N·e(g)jm(t0)j(36)
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment where e(g)j is the committed effective dose per unit intake (dose coefficient) for ingestion or inhalation of radionuclide j, as appropriate (in sieverts per becquerel), and m(t0) is the fraction of the intake remaining in the body or in the excretion sample after an elapsed time period t0 between the intake and the time of sampling. The intake is usually assumed to occur at the midpoint of the sampling period, in which case Eq. (23) applies for t0.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.199. The measured value (if above the decision threshold) should be recorded in order to document the fact that the measurement was carried out and to provide information to support any possible future reassessment of dose.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.200. Values of Mc for a value of insignificant dose of 0.1 mSv, for various radionuclides and for typical settings for the monitoring programme, are given in Refs [108, 110]. The calculation of these Mc values was based on the parameters defined in Ref. [15], and on the bioassay functions (retention functions and excretion functions) and dose coefficients specified in Refs [13, 130].
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.201. For many radionuclides, values of the retained fractions or excreted fractions m(t) and of the dose coefficients e(g) are given for different lung absorption types or for different values of intestinal absorption. The most appropriate choice of value for a given situation should be based on knowledge of the physicochemical characteristics of the materials present in the workplace. Tables III.2B and III.2C of GSR Part 3 [2] give gut transfer factors and lung absorption types, respectively, for various chemical forms of the relevant elements. In some cases, little information might be available on the characteristics of the intake, in which case the most restrictive value (i.e. the one indicating the highest dose) should be used.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.202. The values of the retained or excreted fractions m(t) and of the committed effective dose coefficients e(g) given in Refs [13, 14], respectively, are for specific routes of intake and should not be used directly for assessing doses from injection into the blood, from transfer to the blood at wound sites or from absorption through the skin.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.203. Measurements of airborne activity concentration can be compared directly with values of derived air concentration as an input to the evaluation of workplace conditions. However, the interpretation of measurements of airborne activity concentration for purposes of dose assessment can be difficult because they correspond to the concentration of radionuclides in the air at the location of the sampler, which may not necessarily be in the breathing zone of the worker. However, a personal air sampler placed on the worker’s lapel or on protective headgear can collect a sample that is representative of the activity concentration in air that the worker has inhaled, except in cases where the sample comprises only a few particles. Measurements of air activity concentration, combined with measured exposure times and assumptions about breathing rates, can be used to estimate the intake. This is the best method for determining intakes of radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series by workers engaged in industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material (see para. 7.136). This method can also be used to determine intakes of other radionuclides, such as 14C (in particulate form), 239Pu and 235U, for which direct methods and other indirect methods of assessment of activity in the body are not sufficiently sensitive.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.204. The control of exposure due to 222Rn progeny in existing exposure situations does not usually require the calculation of effective dose. Reference levels for exposure due to 222Rn progeny are expressed in terms of the time weighted average 222Rn gas concentration (in becquerels per cubic metre). However, a factor for calculating the effective dose arising from a given exposure due to 222Rn progeny is necessary in those special situations in which occupational exposure due to 222Rn progeny is subject to the requirements for planned exposure situations (see para. 3.161). This is because in such situations it is necessary to ensure that the limits on effective dose are not exceeded. In addition, the conversion of occupational exposure due to 222Rn progeny to effective dose enables the exposure to be compared with occupational exposures due to other sources such as exposures to external gamma radiation and exposures due to inhalation of radionuclides in dust.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.205. The committed effective dose is usually determined from the exposure due to 222Rn progeny rather than from the intake, using the expression:
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.206. Various estimates have been made, and continue to be made, of HRnP, the committed effective dose per unit exposure due to 222Rn progeny. Estimates derived from epidemiological studies on mine workers have tended to give lower values than those derived using a dosimetric approach. The United Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation recommends a dose per unit equilibrium equivalent exposure of 9 nSv per Bq·h·m−3 [23], which, when expressed in terms of dose per unit potential alpha energy exposure, equates to a value of 1.6 mSv per mJ·h·m−3. The ICRP recommends the use of dose coefficients based on biokinetic and dosimetric models [131].
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.207. A similar situation exists with respect to intakes of 220Rn and its progeny. An equilibrium equivalent exposure due to inhaled 220Rn progeny of 1 Bq·h·m−3 is considered to give rise to a committed effective dose of 40 nSv [132]. On the basis of this value, the committed effective dose per unit potential alpha energy exposure is about 0.5 mSv per mJ·h·m−3. For an annual exposure period of 2000 h, it can be deduced that:
  • A time weighted average 212Pb activity concentration of 1 Bq/m3 in air corresponds to a committed annual effective dose of about 0.08 mSv.

  • A time weighted average potential alpha energy concentration of 1 μJ/m3 corresponds to a committed annual effective dose of about 1 mSv.

Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment Use of workplace specific, material specific and individual specific data
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.208. The reference parameter values of the models used for the calculation of retention functions, excretion functions and dose coefficients are based on the ‘reference person’ or ‘reference worker’, as defined by the ICRP [16]. The models and their parameters have been developed for defined physical forms and chemical forms of radionuclides. In some circumstances, it is likely that the physical forms or chemical forms of the radionuclides in use in a given workplace will not correspond to the reference parameter values used for the biokinetic models. In such circumstances, an analysis of the particle size and the solubility of samples of airborne radioactive particles can assist in the development of more reliable assessments of dose.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.209. Even if all the assumptions in the reference biokinetic models are appropriate for a given workplace, there will still be differences between individuals in excretion rates and other biokinetic parameters for the same intake of a radionuclide. In these circumstances, the development of material specific and individual specific models should be considered.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.210. In addition, the assessment of dose following an accidental exposure needs more specific information about the time and pattern of intake, about the physicochemical form of the radionuclides and about the characteristics of the individual (e.g. body mass). Moreover, routes of exposure other than those for which the values of m(t) and e(g) have been calculated may be relevant in accident situations (e.g. the absorption of radionuclides through intact skin or through a wound). Biokinetic models for these routes of exposure are described in Appendix IV.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.211. If intakes are small, the reference models are likely to be adequate for estimating the resulting doses. However, if the estimate of an intake corresponds to a significant proportion of the dose limit, the development of parameters for a biokinetic model that are specific to the materials or individuals in question should be considered for estimating the committed effective dose more accurately.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.212. According to Ref. [108], this specific assessment should be performed if the dose assessed by means of the standard evaluation exceeds the investigation level as defined in Ref. [106].
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.213. According to the graded approach adopted in Ref. [109], it is suggested that information specific to the workplace should be used when the dose assessed with the reference models (standard evaluation) exceeds 1 mSv. It is also suggested that information specific to the individual should be taken into consideration when the dose assessed by means of the reference models (standard evaluation) exceeds 6 mSv. Such specific biokinetic models can be developed from sequential direct and indirect measurements of the exposed workers.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.214. The deposition of inhaled dust particles in the respiratory tract is influenced by the particle size. A common example of conditions in which there is a need for information specific to the material is where the particle size distribution of airborne dust differs significantly from that assumed in the reference models (i.e. an activity median aerodynamic diameter (AMAD)19 of 5 μm and a geometric standard deviation of 2.5 [133]). For example, in industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material, the AMAD of airborne dust is typically in the range of 1–20 μm. Dose coefficients for an AMAD of 1 μm (in addition to those for an AMAD of 5 μm) are specified in Ref. [14]. For AMADs other than 1 μm and 5 μm, the fractions of inhaled radioactive particles deposited in the various regions of the respiratory tract should be determined from the respiratory tract model of the ICRP and an appropriate dose coefficient should be calculated.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.215. Where information on the particle size distribution is necessary for the correct interpretation of the intake of radionuclides and subsequent dose assessment, the airborne particle size distribution should be determined by using, for instance, a cascade impactor. As a minimum, air sample measurements should include measurement of the concentration of the respirable fraction of airborne particulates.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.216. More specific information may also be necessary on the absorption types in body fluids of the material after inhalation or ingestion, as appropriate (see Ref. [110] for one such an evaluation).
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.217. In industrial activities involving naturally occurring radioactive material, a worker can be subject to internal exposure due to the inhalation of airborne dust particles containing radionuclides in the 238U decay series and the 232Th decay series. Such radionuclides are generally contained within a matrix of non-radioactive elements and their compounds, in which case these matrices determine the solubility of the particles. It is therefore appropriate to choose, for the contained radionuclides, a single lung absorption type corresponding to the solubility of the mineral matrix [103]. Many types of industrial naturally occurring radioactive material, including metalliferous ores, mineral sands and radium rich scale, are resistant to all but the most vigorous forms of chemical attack. Therefore, for radionuclides contained in dust particles associated with such material, lung absorption type S should be assumed.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.218. Since the retrospective determination of particle characteristics following an exposure can be difficult, consideration should be given to obtaining advance information specific to the material when setting up monitoring programmes for workers. The analysis of samples from the workplace of air and surface contamination can also assist in the interpretation of bioassay measurements; for example, by measuring the ratio of 241Am to 239+240Pu when direct measurement of 241Am in the lung is used to assess plutonium intakes or the solubility of inhaled particles [134, 135].
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.219. In some workplaces, intakes are determined from measurements of dust mass concentrations in air.20 In such cases, the calculation of the intake requires knowledge of the activity concentration (activity per unit mass) of the airborne dust particles. Sometimes, the composition of the airborne dust particles, and hence its activity per unit mass, can be assumed to be that of the process material. Alternatively, the dust particles might need to be subjected to chemical analysis to determine their composition, or the activity concentration of the dust particles (activity per unit mass) might need to be determined directly by radiometric analysis.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.220. The variability between individuals, and even the variability in the daily excretion rate for the same individual, will often be more significant than the differences between a reference biokinetic model and a model developed specifically for a given individual. To reduce some of this variability, collection periods for excretion samples should be sufficiently long (e.g. 24 h for urine and 72 h for faeces).
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.221. The use of modelling parameters specific to the individual (e.g. the transfer rates of the systemic biokinetic model) should be rare under routine circumstances. If modifications are introduced to the biokinetics or to other anatomical characteristics of the model, the parameter values of the ICRP for calculating the equivalent dose to a tissue or organ, or the committed effective dose, cannot be used, since they are based on the reference person or the reference worker (as defined in Ref. [16]).
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.222. Special attention should be paid to the interpretation of bioassay measurements after the use of interventional techniques for blocking the uptake of radionuclides or for enhancing their excretion, such as the administration of diuretics, laxatives, or blocking or chelating agents, as well as after the removal of contamination or surgical intervention at a wound site. These techniques influence and modify the biokinetic behaviour of the incorporated radionuclides, thus invalidating the use of the standardized modelling approach for estimating intake and dose from the bioassay measurements.
Interpretation of measurements and dose assessment 7.223. In such cases, alternative approaches should be employed, such as discarding data on excretion for excretion samples collected during the period in which excretion rates can be assumed to have been influenced by the treatment, or modifying the standard models in order to take into account the effect of the treatment. Examples of analyses performed after the administration of the chelating agent Ca-DTPA (a calcium salt of diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid) in cases of accidental intakes of actinides can be found in Refs [136–144]. Bioassay measurements for dose assessment purposes are performed after a certain time period, post-treatment with Ca-DTPA, until the excretion of the radionuclide stabilizes in urine samples.
Uncertainties in dose assessments 7.224. The models that have been developed by the ICRP for describing the behaviour of radionuclides in the body, and hence for assessing intakes, provide the most up to date methods available for dose assessment. However, the reliability of the estimates of doses depends on the accuracy of the models and on any limitations on their application in particular circumstances.
Uncertainties in dose assessments 7.225. In particular, knowledge of the time of the intake(s) of radionuclides into the body and of whether the intake was acute or chronic is essential for a reliable dose estimate. According to Refs [145, 146]:
  • The assumption that the intake occurred at the midpoint of the monitoring period might have a tendency to overestimate the true intake.

  • The assumption of a constant chronic intake over the whole monitoring period produces an unbiased estimate of the true intake provided that the measurement and the excretion function are accurately known or are at least unbiased.

Uncertainties in dose assessments 7.226. Another source of uncertainty in the process of dose assessment is the knowledge of the route of intake and the physicochemical characteristics of the radionuclides that have entered the body. For inhaled radionuclides, the particle size is particularly important in influencing deposition in the respiratory system, while for ingestion the gut absorption factor f1 can substantially influence the committed effective dose. For routine monitoring when exposures are well within those corresponding to the dose limits, the default parameters set out in GSR Part 3 [2] may be sufficient for assessing the intakes. For exposures approaching or exceeding those corresponding to the dose limits, more specific information on the physical and chemical form of the intake, and on the characteristics of the individual may be necessary and should be obtained to improve the accuracy of the modelling predictions.
Uncertainties in dose assessments 7.227. The models used for dose assessments have the following sources of uncertainty:
  • The structure of the biokinetic model.

  • The human biokinetic data used in the formulation of the model.

  • The extrapolation of biokinetic data from animals to humans (interspecies extrapolation).

  • The extrapolation of biokinetic data from one chemical element to a chemical analogue on the assumption of close physiological similarities (inter-element extrapolation).

  • The variability in the population.

  • The following physical and anatomical parameters of the computational models used to assess the dose deposited in a target region by the radiation emitted by an incorporated radionuclide:

    • (i)The energy and intensity of the radiation emitted;

    • (ii) The interaction coefficients of the emitted radiation in tissues;

    • (iii) The elemental composition of the tissues of the body;

    • (iv) The volume, shape and density of the target organs in the body;

    • (v) The spatial relationship of the organs within the body.

Uncertainties in dose assessments 7.228. High levels of exposure of accidentally exposed workers might be associated with nuclear or radiological emergencies, such as an emergency at a nuclear power plant, a criticality accident [147], an emergency at an industrial irradiation facility, or an emergency involving a lost or stolen source. The assessment of such exposures can begin by using data from personal and workplace monitors, but other more sophisticated and highly specialized retrospective dosimetry techniques, such as chromosomal aberration analysis, electron spin resonance, accident simulation and computer modelling, can also be used, as discussed in Ref. [32] (see also paras 7.239–7.243).
Uncertainties in dose assessments 7.229. In situations in which individual doses to emergency workers could greatly exceed those expected under normal working conditions and could approach the thresholds for severe deterministic effects specified as levels of acute dose in table IV.1 of GSR Part 3 [2] and table II.1 of GSR Part 7 [30], special attention should be paid to the capabilities of dosimeters and to the application of measurements and calculation methods needed for the assessment of RBE weighted organ doses [32] (see para. 2.33).
External exposure 7.230. The choice of a personal dosimeter depends on the type of radiation and on the information that is necessary for determining the RBE weighted absorbed dose ADT for tissue or organ T. The following types of dosimeter may be used:
  • Photon dosimeters and neutron dosimeters giving information on the personal dose equivalent Hp(10) for evaluation of ADT in tissues and organs such as red marrow and the lung.

  • Eye lens dosimeters, giving information on Hp(3) for beta–photon radiation. Since such dosimeters for the lens of the eye are not yet widely available, it might be necessary to use Hp(10) as the starting point in estimating the dose to the lens of the eye in cases of accidental exposure, although in accidents in industrial radiography this is likely to underestimate the dose to the lens of the eye.

  • Extremity dosimeters, giving information on the skin dose at a depth of 0.4 mm, for beta–photon radiation (and for neutrons if criticality is expected) for evaluation of ADT in the dermis for the palm of the hand and the sole of the foot.

External exposure 7.231. Because of the difference between the RBE of neutrons in the development of severe deterministic effects (a value of 3) and the radiation weighting factor wR for neutrons (a value of about 12 for most neutron spectra), special care should be taken in using individual monitoring of neutron exposure to evaluate ADT in certain tissues and organs, as discussed in Ref. [32].
External exposure 7.232. For extremity dosimetry in emergencies, especially for the hand, a simple, single element dosimeter should be sufficient. For the best accuracy in measuring low energy beta radiation, the detector should be thin and filtered by a thickness of tissue substitute such that the dose at a nominal depth of 40 mg/cm2 (or 0.4 mm) can be assessed (see para. 7.230(c)). However, if such dosimeters are not readily available, suitable alternative methods using Hp(0.07) or Hp(10) dosimeters may be used.
External exposure 7.233. To avoid the need for a special additional accident dosimeter, the routine personal dosimeter should be capable of providing information on Hp(10) from photons up to at least 10 Gy [148]. It should be recognized that certain dosimeters, such as film dosimeters, might not be capable of achieving this at all energies.
External exposure 7.234. The wearing of warning (alarm) dosimeters (or dose rate meters) can be effective in preventing serious exposures and may help in considerably reducing the dose incurred in the event of accidents. Warning dosimeters need not be very accurate, but should be very reliable, especially in high dose rate fields.
External exposure 7.235. Information on dosimetry in the event of criticality accidents involving fissile materials is provided in Ref. [148].
Internal exposure 7.236. The conceptual framework for the assessment of internal doses in emergencies is illustrated in Fig. 5.
Internal exposure 7.237. To derive the value of committed RBE weighted dose, the intake is multiplied by the appropriate dose coefficient (RBE weighted dose per unit intake) for ingestion (Ad(g)T, j,ing) or inhalation (Ad(g)T, j,inh) of radionuclide j, as appropriate. The committed RBE weighted dose for a period of 30 d after acute intake should be used as an indicator of the probability of developing severe deterministic effects. The committed dose can be seriously underestimated if the dose coefficient Ad(g)T, j is applied directly to the measured value Mj rather than to the inferred intake. Recommended values of the retention rates and excretion rates m(t)j for use for certain radionuclides after acute intake for inhalation and for ingestion by workers are given in appendix XII of Ref. [32]. In the case of incorporation of a mixture of radionuclides, intakes are assessed separately for each radionuclide and are multiplied by the respective dose coefficients. Committed RBE weighted doses in a tissue or organ from intake of different radionuclides could be summarized. Values of the coefficient of committed RBE weighted dose for a period of 30 d after acute intake for inhalation and ingestion by workers are given in tables 18 and 19 of Ref. [149].
Internal exposure 7.238. In the case of a combination of accidental internal exposure and external exposure, an evaluation of the risk of developing severe deterministic effects should be based on the exposure history of accidentally exposed workers as given in Ref. [149].
Internal exposure 7.239. Additional information on accidental internal or external exposures can be obtained long after an accident by the application of retrospective dosimetry techniques to biological samples taken from the exposed individuals, to personal effects on the exposed individuals or to other items that were present at the accident site. An overview and a description of such techniques are given in Refs [33, 150, 151] and are summarized in the Annex to this Safety Guide.
Internal exposure 7.240. The choice of retrospective dosimetry technique depends on, among other things, the type of radiation emitter involved and the time elapsed since the accident, according to the stability with time of the signal which is measured. The premature chromosome condensation fragment technique, gamma-H2AX assays and the evaluation of changes in blood cell counts or serum proteins should be used only within a few hours of the exposure.
Internal exposure 7.241. Luminescence measurements in polymers, hair and nails are effective only for a few days after the exposure, owing to a substantial rate of signal fading. Somewhat slower signal fading is observed for manufactured materials, such as glass, electronic components (such as those in mobile telephones) and memory chips (such as those incorporated into cash cards and credit cards), enabling them to be used for dose reconstruction purposes for up to a few weeks after the exposure.
Internal exposure 7.242. Assays of dicentric chromosomes, micronuclei, translocations or mutations in cells can be successfully employed several weeks or even years after the exposure, as well as electron paramagnetic resonance measurements in tooth enamel, the measurement of activated calcium or the measurement of luminescence signals in quartz extracted from bricks or other fired building materials. The biodosimetry methods may not be appropriate for low dose exposures of less than 50–100 mSv.
Internal exposure 7.243. Various numerical methods are used for the retrospective estimate of individual doses. Most of these are based on Monte Carlo radiation transport codes that simulate radiation transport and deposition in tissues starting from known (measured) or estimated information about the radioactive source and its position or distribution in the environment.
Internal exposure 7.244. Skin contamination will lead to external exposure and sometimes even to internal exposure, depending on the radionuclides involved, the chemical forms present and the activity concentrations.
Principal objectives 7.245. The principal objectives for the monitoring and assessment of exposure and contamination of the skin can be summarized as follows:
  • To determine compliance with dose limits and hence, in particular, to ensure the avoidance of deterministic effects;

  • In the case of overexposures, to initiate and/or support any appropriate medical examinations and interventions.

General considerations Strongly penetrating radiation
General considerations 7.246. For strongly penetrating radiation, the limitation on effective dose generally provides sufficient protection for the skin from stochastic effects. Except in situations involving hot particles (see para. 7.247), no further consideration of skin monitoring is necessary.
General considerations 7.247. Situations may arise in which exposure due to hot particles is possible. This can lead to spatially non-uniform exposure from discrete radiation sources with dimensions of up to 1 mm. While compliance with dose limits is a principal objective, the ICRP notes that acute ulceration is a particular end point to be prevented [152]. This implies that the average dose delivered within a few hours over a skin area of 1 cm2, measured at depths of 10–15 mg/cm2 (0.10–0.15 mm), should be restricted to 1 Sv. Detection of hot particles within an ambient radiation field in a workplace can be difficult because of the very localized nature of the radiation from the particles. The emphasis should be on identifying and controlling those operations that could give rise to such hot particles.
General considerations Weakly penetrating radiation
General considerations 7.248. For weakly penetrating radiation, the equivalent dose to the skin is limited to 500 mSv in a year, averaged over 1 cm2 of the most highly irradiated area (Schedule III of GSR Part 3 [2]). The nominal depth of measurement is 7 mg/cm2 (0.07 mm).
Monitoring skin contamination 7.249. Skin contamination is never uniform and occurs preferentially on certain parts of the body, notably the hands. For routine control purposes, it is adequate to regard the contamination as being averaged over areas of about 100 cm2. Routine monitoring for skin contamination should therefore be interpreted on the basis of the average equivalent dose over an area of 100 cm2. In most monitoring for skin contamination, the reading is compared with a derived limit and the contamination is reduced when practicable. The derived limit should be the level (normally expressed in units of becquerels per square centimetre) that is considered to be capable of causing exposure equal to the relevant dose limit. The derived limit is usually established by taking account of all potential pathways of exposure (not just exposure of the skin). No attempt is routinely made to assess equivalent doses if these secondary limits are not exceeded. Sometimes, however, the contamination persists or is initially very high, and some estimation of equivalent dose becomes necessary. In such cases, the dose should be averaged over an area of 1 cm2 that includes the contamination. These estimates are often extremely imprecise, especially if the radiation from the contaminant might be absorbed below the surface layer of the skin. Uncertainties of two orders of magnitude are not uncommon. Such estimates are therefore regarded as qualitative procedures and considered separately from conventional monitoring for external radiation. However, where an estimate of equivalent dose is made that exceeds one tenth of the appropriate equivalent dose limit, it should be included in the individual’s personal record. Some of the contamination might also be transferred into the body, causing internal exposure.
Monitoring skin contamination 7.250. The calibration of surface contamination monitors is discussed in Refs [153–155]. The type testing of contamination monitors is discussed in Refs [156, 157].
Monitoring skin contamination 7.251. Paragraph 3.105 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
  • Information on the general nature of the work in which the worker was subject to occupational exposure;

  • Information on dose assessments, exposures and intakes at or above the relevant recording levels specified by the regulatory body and the data upon which the dose assessments were based;

  • When a worker is or has been exposed while in the employ of more than one employer, information on the dates of employment with each employer and on the doses, exposures and intakes in each such employment;

  • Records of any assessments made of doses, exposures and intakes due to actions taken in an emergency or due to accidents or other incidents, which shall be distinguished from assessments of doses, exposures and intakes due to normal conditions of work and which shall include references to reports of any relevant investigations.”

Monitoring skin contamination 7.252. As well as use in demonstrating compliance with the legal requirements, record keeping may be used for several additional purposes, such as the following:
  • Demonstrating the effectiveness of the optimization process;

  • Providing data for the compilation of dose distributions;

  • Evaluating trends in exposure and thus providing the information necessary for the evaluation of the radiation protection programme;

  • Developing effective procedures and programmes for monitoring;

  • Providing exposure data from new medical procedures and programmes;

  • Providing data for epidemiological and research studies;

  • Providing information that may be necessary for litigation related purposes or for workers’ compensation claims, which can arise years after the actual or claimed exposure.

Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.253. The individual occupational exposure record should be linked uniquely to the relevant worker.
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.254. Dose records should preserve the consistency of data fields to enable the reconstruction of results at any later time. Dose records should permit coordination with other required records (e.g. they should permit a linkage with data from workplace monitoring).
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.255. For each monitoring period, the record should comprise:
  • A unique identification of the individual and the undertaking.

  • Information on doses from previous monitoring periods (i.e. for an annual period and for an appropriate five year period).

  • The results of dose assessments for external exposure and the method of assessment, including, as appropriate:

    • (i) The personal dose equivalent for exposure to strongly penetrating radiation, Hp(10);

    • (ii) The personal dose equivalent for exposure to weakly penetrating radiation, Hp(0.07);

    • (iii) Other dose values, such as Hp(0.07) derived from extremity dosimeters, Hp(3) for the lens of the eye, dose values from the use of multiple dosimeters (e.g. in the case of double dosimetry with the use of a lead apron) and estimated dose values calculated from simulations (e.g. for doses received by aircrew from exposure to cosmic radiation).

  • The results of dose assessments for internal exposure and the method of assessment, including:

    • (i) The committed effective dose E(50);

    • (ii) The values of the measured quantity (e.g. retention value or daily excretion value) and details of the models used for the assessment, including the results of whole body counting, thorax counting and/or thyroid counting and the assessed committed effective dose;

    • (iii) If appropriate (e.g. in the case of overexposure), the committed equivalent dose to the most highly exposed tissue, HT(50).

  • The notional dose substituting for missing values, artefacts or surrogates, for instance in the case of lost or damaged dosimeters or samples (see para. 7.258).

Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.256. In evaluating the readings of personal dosimeters, it is virtually impossible to distinguish between photon radiation and beta radiation. It is, therefore, not feasible to attempt to identify (and report) the components of Hp(0.07) due to exposure to beta radiation and exposure to gamma radiation separately. However, because the different types of high linear energy transfer radiation have different quality factors, neutron doses should be recorded separately. It should be remembered that doses from photon exposure, neutron exposure and beta exposure are to be combined to determine the total personal dose equivalent.
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.257. The recording level in the context of individual monitoring should be a formally defined level of effective dose (or equivalent dose) or of intake above which a result from a monitoring programme is of sufficient significance to require the measured value or calculated value to be included in a dose record. Other results can be covered by a general statement in the record that no unrecorded results exceeded the recording level. The fact that a measurement has been made should be recorded even in these cases. The best way of doing this may be to enter a zero in the records. If this is done, it should be made clear that the ‘zero entry’ refers to a dose below the recording level.
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.258. In some circumstances, a dose assessment might not be available for the period when a radiation worker was (or should have been) monitored. This can happen when a dosimeter has been damaged, lost or exposed, or when it has recorded a dose that, on investigation, is declared invalid. In such cases, the record keeping system should provide for the introduction of a notional dose estimated or assessed by the regulatory body or by an authorized person. Notional doses should be marked as such in the dose record so that they can be distinguished from doses assessed from dose measurements made by the approved monitoring service. If no assessed dose or estimated dose is provided, the recorded value should be left blank, so that it is distinguishable from a dose below the recording level (recorded as a zero dose).
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.259. For those individuals who need to use extremity dosimeters (including their use as dosimeters for the lens of the eye), separate records should be kept for the exposure of each extremity (or for exposure of the lens of the eye) for the period during which the extremity dosimeter is being worn.
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.260. Typical records generated in a monitoring programme for internal exposure include both directly relevant data and supporting documentation. The records should ensure the traceability of the measurements and of the dose assessment. Directly relevant information includes:
  • Data on samples, such as the date and time of collection and evidence of a chain of custody;

  • Raw data from measurement devices, techniques used for the measurements (direct or indirect techniques) and counting rates in specific energy bands;

  • Measurements of background levels, and standards and calibration data for the counters;

  • Calculated results, such as activity content of the body or daily excretion rates, and their statistical analyses;

  • Calculated estimates of intake and the biokinetic models from which they were derived;

  • Estimated committed effective doses and the dose conversion factors used.

Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.261. Individual dose records should include any assessed equivalent doses or intakes. Details of any involvement in abnormal events should be included, even if no estimates of exposure could be made. Records referencing the objectives, the monitoring methods and the models used for data analysis and interpretation should be retained. Such records may be needed for future interpretation of the dose records. Traceability of the measurements and of the dose assessment should be ensured for the future interpretation of the dose records.
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.262. In accidents, or for a potential intake that may be close to or above a regulatory limit, interim results should be entered into the exposure record so that appropriate administrative actions and other actions can be instituted. The results should include the result of the measurement, the implied intake value on the basis of the appropriate biokinetic model, and the implied committed effective dose on the basis of the corresponding dose coefficient. Recommendations for follow-up monitoring and for workplace restrictions can be made if appropriate. The source of the information reported should be clearly identified, as should a point of contact for any additional information.
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.263. The uncertainties in the measured values and the calculated values should be reported. As an alternative, the dosimetry service can produce a leaflet or report in which specific information relating to the measurement procedure and its characteristics (limitations), including the uncertainties, are shown.
Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.264. With respect to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of dose records:
  • Access to premises, files, archives, computers and servers where personal information is handled and stored should be restricted.

  • The circulation of information, particularly by means of electronic information networks, should be secure.

  • There should be procedures for backing up dose records and equivalent security for backup copies.

  • Similar security measures should be taken in the use of active personal dosimeters and associated software.

  • Provision should be made for the destruction of documentation or other media containing confidential information that no longer needs to be kept.

  • The recorded data should be protected against unauthorized or unintentional modification, so as to preserve the integrity of the data.

Record keeping for individual monitoring 7.265. Consideration should be given to the establishment of a national dose registry as a central point for the collection and maintenance of dose records. The storage of information at the national dose registry should be such as to allow workers, during and after their working life, to retrieve information on the doses they received while occupationally exposed. Long term storage of such information in a national dose registry also serves the following purposes:
  • It prevents the loss of data on individual doses in the event that the registrant or licensee ceases its activities in the State concerned.

  • It allows periodic analysis of all data on exposures collected in order to characterize the situation at the national level with regard to occupational exposure.

Record keeping for workplace monitoring 7.266. Information should be recorded that:
  • Demonstrates compliance with regulations;

  • Identifies significant changes in the working environment;

  • Includes details of radiation surveys (e.g. date, time, location, radiation levels, instruments used, surveyor and other comments);

  • Includes reports received about the workplace where compliance with the standards could be adversely affected;

  • Details any appropriate actions taken.

Record keeping for workplace monitoring 7.267. Records documenting the designation and location of controlled areas and supervised areas should be kept. Records should also be kept of radiation surveys, including the date, time and location, the radiation levels measured, and any comments relevant to the measurements made. Records should identify the instruments used and the individual performing the survey. Even if data from workplace monitoring are not used for dose assessment, the data should be maintained for future verification of workplace conditions.
Record keeping for workplace monitoring 7.268. A suitable record of the calibration of monitoring equipment should include identification of the following:
  • The equipment;

  • The accuracy of calibration of the equipment over its range of operation and for the type of radiation that it is intended to monitor;

  • The date of the test;

  • The calibration standards used;

  • The frequency of calibration;

  • The name and signature of the qualified person under whose direction the test was carried out.

Record retention periods 7.269. Paragraph 3.104 of GSR Part 3 [2] states that:
Record retention periods 7.270. For records of individual exposure, the retention period should be taken as applying not only to the retention of the worker’s occupational exposure records but also to the retention of the calibration records for the personal monitoring equipment used for determining such occupational exposures.
Record retention periods 7.271. The regulatory body should decide which parts of the records of occupational exposure should be maintained by the management for regulatory purposes, and it should specify retention periods for each of these parts of the records.
Record retention periods 7.272. A retention period of five years is generally recommended for the records of workplace monitoring and the records of the calibration of the workplace monitoring instruments. However, many records of workplace monitoring, for example the full details of a particular radiation survey, are temporary in nature and are relevant only for the lifetime of an established review period, and there may be no necessity to retain such records for extended periods. Other records might relate to decisions about specifications for the workplace, and these records may be relevant for the lifetime of the workplace. For example, records documenting the creation of designated areas should probably be retained for as long as those designated areas exist.
Record retention periods 7.273. The retention periods specified in paras 7.269 and 7.272 reflect the recommended minimum requirements to be set by the regulatory body with regard to record retention. The management may choose to retain more detailed records relating to specific operations that could, for example, be used in future optimization of protection. Such operations might include activities for maintenance or refurbishing.
Record retention periods 8.1. Any technical service providers for protection and safety should be qualified by certain procedures. The services provided by technical service providers can be divided into two categories:
  • Consultancy and maintenance services, including:

    • (i) Radiation safety consultancy;

    • (ii) Shielding calculations;

    • (iii) Modelling for dose assessment, containment and ventilation;

    • (iv) Maintenance services covering both in-house operations and services contracted with an outside organization;

    • (v) Decontamination services for the decontamination of, for example, equipment and pipes.

  • Calibration and testing and assay services, including:

    • (i) Monitoring services, including individual monitoring, workplace monitoring and environmental monitoring;

    • (ii) Calibration and calibration verification services for monitoring devices and radiation sources.

Record retention periods 8.2. The management system for service providers in radiation protection and safety should be graded to the scope of their activities. The service provider should document its management system, which can include policies, processes and procedures, and instructions. The management system should be documented to the extent necessary to ensure the quality of the service provided.
Record retention periods 8.3. The management system for a service provider should cover work carried out in permanent facilities, at sites away from permanent facilities, or in associated temporary or mobile facilities.
Record retention periods 8.4. Protection and safety should be of paramount importance for all service providers that use radiation in their activities. The management system of a service provider using radiation should meet the requirements and recommendations of all relevant IAEA safety standards [5, 6].
Record retention periods 8.5. Where a service provider is part of a larger organization, the organizational arrangements should be such that departments that could have conflicting interests, such as the production department, the commercial marketing department or the finance department, do not adversely influence the service providers’ ability to comply with the requirements of their management system.
Record retention periods 8.6. The service provider, if it wishes to be recognized as a third party organization, should be able to demonstrate that it is impartial and that it and its personnel are free from any undue commercial, financial or other pressures that might compromise their technical judgement. The third party organization should not engage in any activities that could endanger trust in its independence of judgement and integrity in relation to its services.
Record retention periods 8.7. As in many States, this demonstration of fulfilment should be achieved through third party audit or accreditation to internationally accepted management standards such as Ref. [90]. It should be the responsibility of the service provider to carry out its activities in such a way as to satisfy the needs of its customers.
Safety culture 8.8. For a service provider, safety culture should be established by:
  • Promoting the knowledge of relevant safety standards within the organization;

  • Carrying out a risk analysis of the procedures applied;

  • Establishing proper rules and procedures, and observing regulatory requirements to keep risks at a minimum;

  • Periodically evaluating the implementation and effectiveness of these rules and procedures;

  • Engaging the relevant management and staff;

  • Periodically training the staff, in accordance with an established training programme, to follow the rules and procedures correctly;

  • Discussing the established training programme with trained staff;

  • Periodically updating the training programmes and coordinating them with the requirements of legal and regulatory bodies, which should check the effectiveness of these programmes;

  • Disseminating and promoting knowledge of accidents and other incidents to learn from their occurrence, and any reoccurrence, and to improve the safety culture;

  • Eliciting safety related proposals from the staff through an incentive system.

Applying a graded approach to the application of management system requirements 8.9. The graded approach usually adopted by service providers is such that any differences in the controls to be applied to the products or services should be identified within each process and should be based on the influence of the process on the quality of the final product.
Applying a graded approach to the application of management system requirements 8.10. In the graded approach adopted, account should also be taken of the size and functions of the organization. Smaller organizations will not have the personnel to fulfil all the functions with separate staffing. However, it remains critical that the functions — including promoting safety culture, ensuring independence, documentation and record keeping — be fulfilled to achieve the performance outcomes given herein.
Documentation of the management system 8.11. Documents21 may be organized in any relevant medium used in the organization provided that an appropriate system of control is used.
Documentation of the management system 8.12. The documentation of the management system is often contained in a quality manual that includes, or that makes reference to, the supporting documents, including:
  • A description of the management system.

  • Management documents, for instance documents relating to some of the topics covered in paras 8.49–8.70.

  • Detailed work processes and job descriptions.

  • Additional technical documents and data, including:

    • (i) Databases of radionuclides and technical databases;

    • (ii) Operating manuals for equipment and software;

    • (iii) Reagent data sheets;

    • (iv) Requirements of the regulatory body or other relevant authority (as established in laws and regulations);

    • (v) Managerial and technical standards.

Documentation of the management system 8.13. The additional technical documents are often external documents that are not within the scope of influence of the service provider. Nevertheless, these documents and data should also be controlled.
Documentation of the management system 8.14. The procedure that describes how documents are to be controlled within the organization should include a periodic review of valid documents to determine whether an update (revision) may be necessary.
Management commitment 8.15. A ‘management commitment’ document should be signed by the senior management22 to acknowledge the management’s responsibility to meet the requirements to establish a management system, to provide the necessary resources, to guarantee the review and revision of the system as necessary, and to define the organizational policies and objectives that will govern the system. After it is issued, the document of the management commitment should be brought to the awareness of staff. In this context, ‘necessary resources’ can include the staff, infrastructure, working environment, information, supplies and partnerships, natural resources and financial resources necessary to accomplish the objectives of the organization.
Customer satisfaction 8.16. For organizations providing technical services in protection and safety, interested parties23 are typically customers, staff, regulatory bodies, suppliers, the public and owners. Of these, customers should be accorded the most importance. The interests of other interested parties can generally be satisfied by observing existing laws, rules and regulations.
Customer satisfaction 8.17. A process should be established for identifying and documenting the requirements for fulfilling a contract for service. This should include the identification of:
  • Customer requirements;

  • Related statutory and regulatory requirements;

  • Organizational resources necessary;

  • Requirements for communication with the customer.

Customer satisfaction 8.18. The organization should ensure that customers’ reactions are considered. Feedback, including both favourable and unfavourable reactions, should be collected and evaluated. To this end, the management should establish a monitoring process under the management system that is designed to assess and analyse all customer reactions. The results should be used to enable the organization to take actions for the continual improvement of effectiveness and safety.
Customer satisfaction 8.19. The organization should have a procedure in place stating how it protects client confidentiality, while recognizing and acceding to any legal requests to advise regulatory bodies of any breach of a regulatory request or limit, such as exceeding personal dose limits.
Organizational policies 8.20. Typically, a service provider would only have one organizational policy. The policy should be simple (concise) and easily understandable by all members of the organization (the staff). The organizational policy of the service provider should include brief descriptions of actions designed to address such matters as:
  • Defining and maintaining the expected level of customer satisfaction;

  • Identifying opportunities and needs for continual improvement;

  • Ensuring commitment to providing the resources necessary to accomplish the task;

  • Ensuring contributions of suppliers and partners (confirming that suppliers and partners are capable of providing goods and services that meet the established quality standards);

  • Ensuring commitment to adopt professional good practices when providing services;

  • Making the commitment to ensure the competence (qualification) of the personnel involved in the execution of services;

  • Committing to meet the requirements of the relevant standards;

  • Ensuring the necessary attention to protection, safety, health, quality, environmental, security, societal and economic aspects, as appropriate.

Organizational policies 8.21. Once established, the organizational policy should be translated into measurable objectives. The achievement of these objectives should be checked during the management review. Equally, their adequacy for the existing management system should be evaluated during this management review.
Planning 8.22. A plan should be developed to provide the organization with a series of clearly defined objectives. This means that a series of goals or objectives should be established at different levels of the organization. These objectives should be established during the planning process, and they should be consistent with the organization’s policy or policies. At the technical level, objectives should be quantifiable.
Planning 8.23. Information sources such as internal audit reports, process reviews and feedback from customers should all be considered in identifying appropriate objectives. As an example, an initial objective for a testing laboratory might be to provide a result to the customer that meets certain criteria for testing performance. Over time, if the organization consistently demonstrates its ability to meet those criteria, other factors, such as improving customer satisfaction through shorter turnaround times for tests, might be made additional objectives. Thus, objectives should be established after the consideration of many factors, including the current and future needs of the organization, the needs of the market served and regulatory requirements.
Planning 8.24. To ensure that the planning process remains focused on the defined objectives, planning activities should be systematic and should be documented. The senior management should have a responsibility to ensure that adequate resources are provided to make it possible to meet the defined objectives.
Responsibility and authority for the management system 8.25. In an organization that provides technical services in protection and safety, it is often the case that the top manager appoints one person as a management system manager. The management system manager should have appropriate experience in the tasks for which he or she is appointed to do and should have the authority, assigned in a written document, to do the following:
  • Develop and manage the management system, which includes performing activities designed to ensure compliance with relevant standards, harmonizing procedures and documents, reviewing operations, identifying and reporting any non-conformance (i.e. the non-fulfilment of a requirement) to the management and conducting training in awareness of the management system for the staff;

  • Communicate on quality issues as may be required by the regulatory body or accreditation bodies;

  • Communicate directly with the senior management at all times on issues relating to the management system;

  • Act as the focal point for reports of problems regarding quality and suggestions for improvement;

  • Stop any work that is not being performed according to established procedures;

  • Perform periodic (usually annual) reviews of the management system.

Provision of resources 8.26. Resources are items that are necessary for conducting processes. They include staff, equipment and supplies, information, physical facilities, infrastructure services, workplaces with appropriate conditions, and monetary funds.
Human resources 8.27. Issues such as staffing levels, education, training, experience, qualifications and periodic performance reviews should all be taken into account when considering human resources. The human resources available should be adequate to meet the predetermined requirements for staff.
Infrastructure and working environment 8.28. The infrastructural requirements of each process should be reviewed to identify the resources that will be required for the successful accomplishment of the stated objectives. For calibration and testing laboratories, where the workplace environment could influence the quality of the results, the regulatory body may impose additional requirements, such as special authorities to be used for calibration services to ensure the correct certification and calibration of equipment.
Infrastructure and working environment 8.29. The process for the control of monitoring and measuring devices should be conducted so as to establish an effective means of ensuring, with a high degree of confidence, that the data that are generated by these devices, and which are to be used as the basis for reported results, conclusions and interpretations, are accurate within prescribed requirements. Monitoring and measuring devices include the instruments, software and calibration standards used to perform measurements and surveys.
Infrastructure and working environment 8.30. The process should confirm that these devices are suitable for the intended use, and that they are tested, calibrated and verified as functional within specified performance limits. Physical protection of the devices should also be provided, with the goal of eliminating the potential for process errors.
Infrastructure and working environment 8.31. Software used to collect data, and to perform calculations on the data collected, should be validated before being put into use and should be protected against unauthorized modification. The functionality of the software should be verified following any change made to the computer’s basic operating system or network control parameters, or following any activity that could have an effect on the functionality of the software for the application. Consideration should be given to the need to retain (archive) the different software versions so as to be able to access older records generated by specific versions of the software.
Infrastructure and working environment 8.32. Additional requirements established by other regulatory bodies may concern matters such as general protection and safety in the workplace and in associated facilities, protection of personal privacy and confidentiality of data, and backup of records kept in electronic media.
Infrastructure and working environment 8.33. With regard to the working environment, consideration should be given to how best to combine the consideration of human factors and physical factors with achieving the goal of enhancing the performance of the organization.
Developing processes 8.34. The products of organizations providing technical services in protection and safety are the services themselves, which are delivered by using established processes. Development of new processes to supply new services (products) should be carefully planned.
Developing processes 8.35. The management of the organization providing technical services should nominate a technical project leader to be in charge of the planning for new processes. It should be the task of the project leader to schedule the planning for the new process, by applying technical knowledge and experience together with knowledge of the product requirements that is necessary to the technical service concerned.
Developing processes 8.36. In the planning schedule, account should also be taken of the need to ensure the traceability of any measurement results to suitable standards, including the correct and consistent use of the International System of Units (SI), and for providing information on the uncertainties associated with these measurement results.
Process management 8.37. In an organization providing technical services in protection and safety, there are generally two types of process:
  • Processes of the management system (administrative processes and key processes);

  • Processes to deliver the services and products of the organization (technical processes and core processes).

Process management 8.38. In monitoring the performance of its processes to ensure that the processes remain effective and that customer satisfaction is provided, a service organization should review the following:
  • Timeliness;

  • Capability (ability to meet relevant requirements);

  • Efficiency (resources allocated to the process and the possibilities for their reduction without compromising quality and compliance with regulatory requirements).

Process management 8.39. Data can be derived from different types of monitoring during the conduct of processes. The data can be put to use as a basis for decisions in the organization, by means of adequate analysis. The application of statistical methods to raw data may be especially useful in determining trends in the performance of persons and instruments by describing improvements or deteriorations. This may provide an opportunity for early action to prevent non-conformances. The application of similar statistical techniques to the monitoring of customer satisfaction, resource economics and the performance of suppliers, among other things, may also be useful.
Control of products 8.40. In organizations providing services for protection and safety, the product is generally controlled by controlling the production (i.e. service providing) process.
Control of products 8.41. The processes of the organization should include any necessary measures to ensure that the delivered product or service fulfils the requirements and expectations of the customer:
  • For consultancy services, these measures could include the following:

    • (i) Additional calculations using other algorithms;

    • (ii) Checks on data entry;

    • (iii) Comparison of the results with previous experience.

  • For measurement and calibration services, these measures could be:

    • (i) Repeated tests (possibly done using different instruments for analysis);

    • (ii) Checks on introduced blank or test samples;

    • (iii) Plausibility tests on the results (done by applying expert knowledge).

Control of products The results should be recorded as proof of the control of the production process.
Control of products 8.42. The conformance of the product, or of parts of it, should be ensured by specifying the conditions for identification, storage, handling, protection and delivery.
Control of products 8.43. Moreover, when a product can be fully verified only after delivery, each process that contributes to its production should be verified to specify acceptable and suitable criteria for the equipment and methods used and the qualification of the personnel involved. A list of parameters linked to the proper completion of each step is generally useful to keep the process exact and consistent. Verification usually requires the production of records, such as checklists, to be completed and evaluated for the final value to be assigned. In practice, the checklist can have the form of a record in a database file, and the verification process can be established by means of a software routine.
Control of products 8.44. If the creation of a product requires several steps, tracking of the product’s status may be necessary, if required by regulation, to identify the output of each step. Generating a record, such as a checklist confirming the completion of all necessary steps, can be helpful.
Control of products 8.45. Customers’ property, including intellectual property, should be safeguarded throughout all of the production processes. Customers’ property, and methods to protect it, should be specified in advance. For example, only a limited number of people should be permitted access to data provided by customers.
Control of products 8.46. In the case of a consultancy for radiation protection, the customer’s property could include detailed information about the customer’s facilities, data on exposures or sources, or details of any method developed by the customer in relation to the service requested. Moreover, the service provided in relation to radiation protection becomes the property of the customer, and associated information (i.e. reports on doses or calibrations) should be treated as confidential.
Communication 8.47. Communication in an organization providing services in protection and safety can be achieved by:
  • Organizing regular meetings of key personnel;

  • Using communication tools (e.g. electronic billboards and intranet);

  • Having similar methods of internal communication.

Managing organizational change 8.48. When organizational changes are contemplated in service providing organizations, the guidance provided in GS-G-3.1 [6] should be followed to ensure that there is no adverse effect on the quality of the product or service.
Monitoring the management system 8.49. For all phases in the development and operation of technical services, the technical service provider should define, plan and conduct activities for measurement and monitoring relating to the management system that are necessary to ensure conformance with applicable standards, laws and regulations, and to achieve improvements. These activities should include determining the need for, and specifying the use of, applicable methods, including statistical techniques.
Monitoring the management system 8.50. The general process of performance measurement, analysis and improvement includes the following:
  • Actions taken on an ongoing basis to monitor the overall effectiveness of the system, by identifying areas, through appropriate metrics, in which improvement may be appropriate.

  • Application of basic statistical methods (e.g. histograms, distributional analysis and mean values) or qualitative analytical methods for monitoring data on customer satisfaction, the performance of equipment, measurement of throughput and similar indicators of the effectiveness of services provided to the customer.

  • Actions taken on a proactive basis to prevent non-conformances, to improve the system and to optimize the service to the client; the internal audit process, together with activities for improvements, is part of these actions.

  • Actions taken on a reactive basis to correct non-conformance identified by, among other things, self-assessment, complaints by clients or recommendations of an internal or external audit.

Self-assessment 8.51. Self-assessment is a tool used by those actually carrying out work to identify possibilities for improvement. If a service providing organization wishes to adopt the practice of self-assessment, it should follow the guidance provided in GS-G-3.1 [6].
Independent assessment 8.52. Audits may be spread over the year or undertaken concurrently. Conducting internal audits on a progressive schedule has several advantages:
  • It helps to emphasize that the internal audit process is a continual activity designed to improve the management system.

  • It helps to reduce the additional workload for individuals selected to conduct the audit.

  • It is useful in promptly identifying items of potential non-conformance and areas in which improvements may be appropriate.

  • It helps to monitor progress in accomplishing any corrective actions that may have been recommended in previous audits.

Independent assessment 8.53. Independence to perform the audits can be achieved by creating a cross-audit department which works across functions (where resources allow). The mandate and scope of the auditing team or person should be clarified and communicated.
Independent assessment 8.54. Internal audits could also be carried out for specific purposes and should be considered following customers’ complaints, repeated non-conformances or major changes in the organization.
Independent assessment 8.55. Internal auditors should be rotated through different aspects of technical applications within an organization. This can serve to increase job satisfaction by allowing employees to play an important part in maintaining the organization’s management system.
Independent assessment 8.56. The internal audit programme should address all of the elements of the management system.
Independent assessment 8.57. It is common practice that an audit schedule encompasses all elements of the management system in all parts of the organization on an annual basis. The extent of the audit and the parts of the organization to be audited should be planned with consideration given to changes in staff or methods, workload, customer complaints, findings of previous audits and ongoing corrective or preventive actions.
Independent assessment 8.58. Customers whose work may have been affected by problems identified during an audit should be notified in writing. For some findings, a formal system for corrective actions should be used; for others, there may be simpler remedies.
Independent assessment 8.59. If it is necessary to check the effectiveness of corrective actions quickly, a follow-up audit should be considered. Corrective measures that have been undertaken should be analysed to evaluate their effectiveness.
Management system review 8.60. In addition to the review inputs described in GSR Part 2 [5], an organization providing services in protection and safety should consider the results of interlaboratory comparisons or proficiency tests.
Management system review 8.61. Decisions made during the management review and any actions arising from them should be recorded. The report on the management review should include details of:
  • The persons who were involved in the review;

  • Factors that were considered;

  • Decisions that were reached;

  • Actions that were planned, the persons responsible for the actions and the time schedules that were decided upon;

  • The provision for review and approval of the report.

Management system review 8.62. Results should be incorporated into the laboratory planning system and should include the goals, objectives and action plans for the coming year. The management should ensure that planned actions are carried out within the agreed timescale and that their completion is documented. A comprehensive radiation safety audit will bring out the status of the management actions with regard to radiation protection and safety.